Bug Summary

File:src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineVectorOps.cpp
Warning:line 212, column 36
Division by zero

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

clang -cc1 -cc1 -triple amd64-unknown-openbsd7.0 -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name InstCombineVectorOps.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -setup-static-analyzer -mrelocation-model static -mframe-pointer=all -relaxed-aliasing -fno-rounding-math -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -target-cpu x86-64 -tune-cpu generic -debugger-tuning=gdb -fcoverage-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj -resource-dir /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Analysis -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ASMParser -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/BinaryFormat -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Bitcode -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Bitcode -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Bitstream -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /include/llvm/CodeGen -I /include/llvm/CodeGen/PBQP -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/IR -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/IR -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/Coroutines -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ProfileData/Coverage -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo/CodeView -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo/DWARF -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo/MSF -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo/PDB -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Demangle -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ExecutionEngine -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ExecutionEngine/JITLink -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ExecutionEngine/Orc -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Frontend -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Frontend/OpenACC -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Frontend -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Frontend/OpenMP -I /include/llvm/CodeGen/GlobalISel -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/IRReader -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/InstCombine -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/Transforms/InstCombine -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/LTO -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Linker -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/MC -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/MC/MCParser -I /include/llvm/CodeGen/MIRParser -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Object -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Option -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Passes -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ProfileData -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/Scalar -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ADT -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Support -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo/Symbolize -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Target -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/Vectorize -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include -D NDEBUG -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D LLVM_PREFIX="/usr" -internal-isystem /usr/include/c++/v1 -internal-isystem /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj -ferror-limit 19 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -fwrapv -stack-protector 2 -fno-rtti -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -fno-builtin-malloc -fno-builtin-calloc -fno-builtin-realloc -fno-builtin-valloc -fno-builtin-free -fno-builtin-strdup -fno-builtin-strndup -analyzer-output=html -faddrsig -D__GCC_HAVE_DWARF2_CFI_ASM=1 -o /home/ben/Projects/vmm/scan-build/2022-01-12-194120-40624-1 -x c++ /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineVectorOps.cpp

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineVectorOps.cpp

1//===- InstCombineVectorOps.cpp -------------------------------------------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file implements instcombine for ExtractElement, InsertElement and
10// ShuffleVector.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "InstCombineInternal.h"
15#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
16#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
17#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
18#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
19#include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
20#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
21#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
22#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
23#include "llvm/Analysis/VectorUtils.h"
24#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
25#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
27#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
28#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
29#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
30#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
31#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
32#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
33#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
34#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
35#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
36#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
37#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
38#include "llvm/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineWorklist.h"
39#include "llvm/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombiner.h"
40#include <cassert>
41#include <cstdint>
42#include <iterator>
43#include <utility>
44
45using namespace llvm;
46using namespace PatternMatch;
47
48#define DEBUG_TYPE"instcombine" "instcombine"
49
50STATISTIC(NumAggregateReconstructionsSimplified,static llvm::Statistic NumAggregateReconstructionsSimplified =
{"instcombine", "NumAggregateReconstructionsSimplified", "Number of aggregate reconstructions turned into reuse of the "
"original aggregate"}
51 "Number of aggregate reconstructions turned into reuse of the "static llvm::Statistic NumAggregateReconstructionsSimplified =
{"instcombine", "NumAggregateReconstructionsSimplified", "Number of aggregate reconstructions turned into reuse of the "
"original aggregate"}
52 "original aggregate")static llvm::Statistic NumAggregateReconstructionsSimplified =
{"instcombine", "NumAggregateReconstructionsSimplified", "Number of aggregate reconstructions turned into reuse of the "
"original aggregate"}
;
53
54/// Return true if the value is cheaper to scalarize than it is to leave as a
55/// vector operation. IsConstantExtractIndex indicates whether we are extracting
56/// one known element from a vector constant.
57///
58/// FIXME: It's possible to create more instructions than previously existed.
59static bool cheapToScalarize(Value *V, bool IsConstantExtractIndex) {
60 // If we can pick a scalar constant value out of a vector, that is free.
61 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
62 return IsConstantExtractIndex || C->getSplatValue();
63
64 // An insertelement to the same constant index as our extract will simplify
65 // to the scalar inserted element. An insertelement to a different constant
66 // index is irrelevant to our extract.
67 if (match(V, m_InsertElt(m_Value(), m_Value(), m_ConstantInt())))
68 return IsConstantExtractIndex;
69
70 if (match(V, m_OneUse(m_Load(m_Value()))))
71 return true;
72
73 if (match(V, m_OneUse(m_UnOp())))
74 return true;
75
76 Value *V0, *V1;
77 if (match(V, m_OneUse(m_BinOp(m_Value(V0), m_Value(V1)))))
78 if (cheapToScalarize(V0, IsConstantExtractIndex) ||
79 cheapToScalarize(V1, IsConstantExtractIndex))
80 return true;
81
82 CmpInst::Predicate UnusedPred;
83 if (match(V, m_OneUse(m_Cmp(UnusedPred, m_Value(V0), m_Value(V1)))))
84 if (cheapToScalarize(V0, IsConstantExtractIndex) ||
85 cheapToScalarize(V1, IsConstantExtractIndex))
86 return true;
87
88 return false;
89}
90
91// If we have a PHI node with a vector type that is only used to feed
92// itself and be an operand of extractelement at a constant location,
93// try to replace the PHI of the vector type with a PHI of a scalar type.
94Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::scalarizePHI(ExtractElementInst &EI,
95 PHINode *PN) {
96 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Extracts;
97 // The users we want the PHI to have are:
98 // 1) The EI ExtractElement (we already know this)
99 // 2) Possibly more ExtractElements with the same index.
100 // 3) Another operand, which will feed back into the PHI.
101 Instruction *PHIUser = nullptr;
102 for (auto U : PN->users()) {
103 if (ExtractElementInst *EU = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(U)) {
104 if (EI.getIndexOperand() == EU->getIndexOperand())
105 Extracts.push_back(EU);
106 else
107 return nullptr;
108 } else if (!PHIUser) {
109 PHIUser = cast<Instruction>(U);
110 } else {
111 return nullptr;
112 }
113 }
114
115 if (!PHIUser)
116 return nullptr;
117
118 // Verify that this PHI user has one use, which is the PHI itself,
119 // and that it is a binary operation which is cheap to scalarize.
120 // otherwise return nullptr.
121 if (!PHIUser->hasOneUse() || !(PHIUser->user_back() == PN) ||
122 !(isa<BinaryOperator>(PHIUser)) || !cheapToScalarize(PHIUser, true))
123 return nullptr;
124
125 // Create a scalar PHI node that will replace the vector PHI node
126 // just before the current PHI node.
127 PHINode *scalarPHI = cast<PHINode>(InsertNewInstWith(
128 PHINode::Create(EI.getType(), PN->getNumIncomingValues(), ""), *PN));
129 // Scalarize each PHI operand.
130 for (unsigned i = 0; i < PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i++) {
131 Value *PHIInVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
132 BasicBlock *inBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
133 Value *Elt = EI.getIndexOperand();
134 // If the operand is the PHI induction variable:
135 if (PHIInVal == PHIUser) {
136 // Scalarize the binary operation. Its first operand is the
137 // scalar PHI, and the second operand is extracted from the other
138 // vector operand.
139 BinaryOperator *B0 = cast<BinaryOperator>(PHIUser);
140 unsigned opId = (B0->getOperand(0) == PN) ? 1 : 0;
141 Value *Op = InsertNewInstWith(
142 ExtractElementInst::Create(B0->getOperand(opId), Elt,
143 B0->getOperand(opId)->getName() + ".Elt"),
144 *B0);
145 Value *newPHIUser = InsertNewInstWith(
146 BinaryOperator::CreateWithCopiedFlags(B0->getOpcode(),
147 scalarPHI, Op, B0), *B0);
148 scalarPHI->addIncoming(newPHIUser, inBB);
149 } else {
150 // Scalarize PHI input:
151 Instruction *newEI = ExtractElementInst::Create(PHIInVal, Elt, "");
152 // Insert the new instruction into the predecessor basic block.
153 Instruction *pos = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PHIInVal);
154 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos;
155 if (pos && !isa<PHINode>(pos)) {
156 InsertPos = ++pos->getIterator();
157 } else {
158 InsertPos = inBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
159 }
160
161 InsertNewInstWith(newEI, *InsertPos);
162
163 scalarPHI->addIncoming(newEI, inBB);
164 }
165 }
166
167 for (auto E : Extracts)
168 replaceInstUsesWith(*E, scalarPHI);
169
170 return &EI;
171}
172
173static Instruction *foldBitcastExtElt(ExtractElementInst &Ext,
174 InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder,
175 bool IsBigEndian) {
176 Value *X;
177 uint64_t ExtIndexC;
178 if (!match(Ext.getVectorOperand(), m_BitCast(m_Value(X))) ||
11
Taking false branch
179 !X->getType()->isVectorTy() ||
180 !match(Ext.getIndexOperand(), m_ConstantInt(ExtIndexC)))
181 return nullptr;
182
183 // If this extractelement is using a bitcast from a vector of the same number
184 // of elements, see if we can find the source element from the source vector:
185 // extelt (bitcast VecX), IndexC --> bitcast X[IndexC]
186 auto *SrcTy = cast<VectorType>(X->getType());
12
The object is a 'VectorType'
187 Type *DestTy = Ext.getType();
188 ElementCount NumSrcElts = SrcTy->getElementCount();
13
Calling 'VectorType::getElementCount'
19
Returning from 'VectorType::getElementCount'
189 ElementCount NumElts =
190 cast<VectorType>(Ext.getVectorOperandType())->getElementCount();
20
The object is a 'VectorType'
191 if (NumSrcElts == NumElts)
21
Calling 'UnivariateLinearPolyBase::operator=='
24
Returning from 'UnivariateLinearPolyBase::operator=='
25
Taking false branch
192 if (Value *Elt = findScalarElement(X, ExtIndexC))
193 return new BitCastInst(Elt, DestTy);
194
195 assert(NumSrcElts.isScalable() == NumElts.isScalable() &&((void)0)
196 "Src and Dst must be the same sort of vector type")((void)0);
197
198 // If the source elements are wider than the destination, try to shift and
199 // truncate a subset of scalar bits of an insert op.
200 if (NumSrcElts.getKnownMinValue() < NumElts.getKnownMinValue()) {
26
Assuming the condition is true
27
Taking true branch
201 Value *Scalar;
202 uint64_t InsIndexC;
203 if (!match(X, m_InsertElt(m_Value(), m_Value(Scalar),
28
Calling 'match<llvm::Value, llvm::PatternMatch::ThreeOps_match<llvm::PatternMatch::class_match<llvm::Value>, llvm::PatternMatch::bind_ty<llvm::Value>, llvm::PatternMatch::bind_const_intval_ty, 62>>'
36
Returning from 'match<llvm::Value, llvm::PatternMatch::ThreeOps_match<llvm::PatternMatch::class_match<llvm::Value>, llvm::PatternMatch::bind_ty<llvm::Value>, llvm::PatternMatch::bind_const_intval_ty, 62>>'
37
Taking false branch
204 m_ConstantInt(InsIndexC))))
205 return nullptr;
206
207 // The extract must be from the subset of vector elements that we inserted
208 // into. Example: if we inserted element 1 of a <2 x i64> and we are
209 // extracting an i16 (narrowing ratio = 4), then this extract must be from 1
210 // of elements 4-7 of the bitcasted vector.
211 unsigned NarrowingRatio =
212 NumElts.getKnownMinValue() / NumSrcElts.getKnownMinValue();
38
Calling 'LinearPolySize::getKnownMinValue'
43
Returning from 'LinearPolySize::getKnownMinValue'
44
Division by zero
213 if (ExtIndexC / NarrowingRatio != InsIndexC)
214 return nullptr;
215
216 // We are extracting part of the original scalar. How that scalar is
217 // inserted into the vector depends on the endian-ness. Example:
218 // Vector Byte Elt Index: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
219 // +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
220 // inselt <2 x i32> V, <i32> S, 1: |V0|V1|V2|V3|S0|S1|S2|S3|
221 // extelt <4 x i16> V', 3: | |S2|S3|
222 // +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
223 // If this is little-endian, S2|S3 are the MSB of the 32-bit 'S' value.
224 // If this is big-endian, S2|S3 are the LSB of the 32-bit 'S' value.
225 // In this example, we must right-shift little-endian. Big-endian is just a
226 // truncate.
227 unsigned Chunk = ExtIndexC % NarrowingRatio;
228 if (IsBigEndian)
229 Chunk = NarrowingRatio - 1 - Chunk;
230
231 // Bail out if this is an FP vector to FP vector sequence. That would take
232 // more instructions than we started with unless there is no shift, and it
233 // may not be handled as well in the backend.
234 bool NeedSrcBitcast = SrcTy->getScalarType()->isFloatingPointTy();
235 bool NeedDestBitcast = DestTy->isFloatingPointTy();
236 if (NeedSrcBitcast && NeedDestBitcast)
237 return nullptr;
238
239 unsigned SrcWidth = SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
240 unsigned DestWidth = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
241 unsigned ShAmt = Chunk * DestWidth;
242
243 // TODO: This limitation is more strict than necessary. We could sum the
244 // number of new instructions and subtract the number eliminated to know if
245 // we can proceed.
246 if (!X->hasOneUse() || !Ext.getVectorOperand()->hasOneUse())
247 if (NeedSrcBitcast || NeedDestBitcast)
248 return nullptr;
249
250 if (NeedSrcBitcast) {
251 Type *SrcIntTy = IntegerType::getIntNTy(Scalar->getContext(), SrcWidth);
252 Scalar = Builder.CreateBitCast(Scalar, SrcIntTy);
253 }
254
255 if (ShAmt) {
256 // Bail out if we could end with more instructions than we started with.
257 if (!Ext.getVectorOperand()->hasOneUse())
258 return nullptr;
259 Scalar = Builder.CreateLShr(Scalar, ShAmt);
260 }
261
262 if (NeedDestBitcast) {
263 Type *DestIntTy = IntegerType::getIntNTy(Scalar->getContext(), DestWidth);
264 return new BitCastInst(Builder.CreateTrunc(Scalar, DestIntTy), DestTy);
265 }
266 return new TruncInst(Scalar, DestTy);
267 }
268
269 return nullptr;
270}
271
272/// Find elements of V demanded by UserInstr.
273static APInt findDemandedEltsBySingleUser(Value *V, Instruction *UserInstr) {
274 unsigned VWidth = cast<FixedVectorType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
275
276 // Conservatively assume that all elements are needed.
277 APInt UsedElts(APInt::getAllOnesValue(VWidth));
278
279 switch (UserInstr->getOpcode()) {
280 case Instruction::ExtractElement: {
281 ExtractElementInst *EEI = cast<ExtractElementInst>(UserInstr);
282 assert(EEI->getVectorOperand() == V)((void)0);
283 ConstantInt *EEIIndexC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(EEI->getIndexOperand());
284 if (EEIIndexC && EEIIndexC->getValue().ult(VWidth)) {
285 UsedElts = APInt::getOneBitSet(VWidth, EEIIndexC->getZExtValue());
286 }
287 break;
288 }
289 case Instruction::ShuffleVector: {
290 ShuffleVectorInst *Shuffle = cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(UserInstr);
291 unsigned MaskNumElts =
292 cast<FixedVectorType>(UserInstr->getType())->getNumElements();
293
294 UsedElts = APInt(VWidth, 0);
295 for (unsigned i = 0; i < MaskNumElts; i++) {
296 unsigned MaskVal = Shuffle->getMaskValue(i);
297 if (MaskVal == -1u || MaskVal >= 2 * VWidth)
298 continue;
299 if (Shuffle->getOperand(0) == V && (MaskVal < VWidth))
300 UsedElts.setBit(MaskVal);
301 if (Shuffle->getOperand(1) == V &&
302 ((MaskVal >= VWidth) && (MaskVal < 2 * VWidth)))
303 UsedElts.setBit(MaskVal - VWidth);
304 }
305 break;
306 }
307 default:
308 break;
309 }
310 return UsedElts;
311}
312
313/// Find union of elements of V demanded by all its users.
314/// If it is known by querying findDemandedEltsBySingleUser that
315/// no user demands an element of V, then the corresponding bit
316/// remains unset in the returned value.
317static APInt findDemandedEltsByAllUsers(Value *V) {
318 unsigned VWidth = cast<FixedVectorType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
319
320 APInt UnionUsedElts(VWidth, 0);
321 for (const Use &U : V->uses()) {
322 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.getUser())) {
323 UnionUsedElts |= findDemandedEltsBySingleUser(V, I);
324 } else {
325 UnionUsedElts = APInt::getAllOnesValue(VWidth);
326 break;
327 }
328
329 if (UnionUsedElts.isAllOnesValue())
330 break;
331 }
332
333 return UnionUsedElts;
334}
335
336Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::visitExtractElementInst(ExtractElementInst &EI) {
337 Value *SrcVec = EI.getVectorOperand();
338 Value *Index = EI.getIndexOperand();
339 if (Value *V = SimplifyExtractElementInst(SrcVec, Index,
1
Assuming 'V' is null
2
Taking false branch
340 SQ.getWithInstruction(&EI)))
341 return replaceInstUsesWith(EI, V);
342
343 // If extracting a specified index from the vector, see if we can recursively
344 // find a previously computed scalar that was inserted into the vector.
345 auto *IndexC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Index);
3
Assuming 'Index' is a 'ConstantInt'
346 if (IndexC
3.1
'IndexC' is non-null
3.1
'IndexC' is non-null
3.1
'IndexC' is non-null
3.1
'IndexC' is non-null
) {
4
Taking true branch
347 ElementCount EC = EI.getVectorOperandType()->getElementCount();
348 unsigned NumElts = EC.getKnownMinValue();
349
350 if (IntrinsicInst *II
5.1
'II' is null
5.1
'II' is null
5.1
'II' is null
5.1
'II' is null
= dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(SrcVec)) {
5
Assuming 'SrcVec' is not a 'IntrinsicInst'
6
Taking false branch
351 Intrinsic::ID IID = II->getIntrinsicID();
352 // Index needs to be lower than the minimum size of the vector, because
353 // for scalable vector, the vector size is known at run time.
354 if (IID == Intrinsic::experimental_stepvector &&
355 IndexC->getValue().ult(NumElts)) {
356 Type *Ty = EI.getType();
357 unsigned BitWidth = Ty->getIntegerBitWidth();
358 Value *Idx;
359 // Return index when its value does not exceed the allowed limit
360 // for the element type of the vector, otherwise return undefined.
361 if (IndexC->getValue().getActiveBits() <= BitWidth)
362 Idx = ConstantInt::get(Ty, IndexC->getValue().zextOrTrunc(BitWidth));
363 else
364 Idx = UndefValue::get(Ty);
365 return replaceInstUsesWith(EI, Idx);
366 }
367 }
368
369 // InstSimplify should handle cases where the index is invalid.
370 // For fixed-length vector, it's invalid to extract out-of-range element.
371 if (!EC.isScalable() && IndexC->getValue().uge(NumElts))
7
Taking false branch
372 return nullptr;
373
374 // This instruction only demands the single element from the input vector.
375 // Skip for scalable type, the number of elements is unknown at
376 // compile-time.
377 if (!EC.isScalable() && NumElts != 1) {
8
Assuming 'NumElts' is equal to 1
9
Taking false branch
378 // If the input vector has a single use, simplify it based on this use
379 // property.
380 if (SrcVec->hasOneUse()) {
381 APInt UndefElts(NumElts, 0);
382 APInt DemandedElts(NumElts, 0);
383 DemandedElts.setBit(IndexC->getZExtValue());
384 if (Value *V =
385 SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SrcVec, DemandedElts, UndefElts))
386 return replaceOperand(EI, 0, V);
387 } else {
388 // If the input vector has multiple uses, simplify it based on a union
389 // of all elements used.
390 APInt DemandedElts = findDemandedEltsByAllUsers(SrcVec);
391 if (!DemandedElts.isAllOnesValue()) {
392 APInt UndefElts(NumElts, 0);
393 if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(
394 SrcVec, DemandedElts, UndefElts, 0 /* Depth */,
395 true /* AllowMultipleUsers */)) {
396 if (V != SrcVec) {
397 SrcVec->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
398 return &EI;
399 }
400 }
401 }
402 }
403 }
404
405 if (Instruction *I = foldBitcastExtElt(EI, Builder, DL.isBigEndian()))
10
Calling 'foldBitcastExtElt'
406 return I;
407
408 // If there's a vector PHI feeding a scalar use through this extractelement
409 // instruction, try to scalarize the PHI.
410 if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(SrcVec))
411 if (Instruction *ScalarPHI = scalarizePHI(EI, Phi))
412 return ScalarPHI;
413 }
414
415 // TODO come up with a n-ary matcher that subsumes both unary and
416 // binary matchers.
417 UnaryOperator *UO;
418 if (match(SrcVec, m_UnOp(UO)) && cheapToScalarize(SrcVec, IndexC)) {
419 // extelt (unop X), Index --> unop (extelt X, Index)
420 Value *X = UO->getOperand(0);
421 Value *E = Builder.CreateExtractElement(X, Index);
422 return UnaryOperator::CreateWithCopiedFlags(UO->getOpcode(), E, UO);
423 }
424
425 BinaryOperator *BO;
426 if (match(SrcVec, m_BinOp(BO)) && cheapToScalarize(SrcVec, IndexC)) {
427 // extelt (binop X, Y), Index --> binop (extelt X, Index), (extelt Y, Index)
428 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0), *Y = BO->getOperand(1);
429 Value *E0 = Builder.CreateExtractElement(X, Index);
430 Value *E1 = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Y, Index);
431 return BinaryOperator::CreateWithCopiedFlags(BO->getOpcode(), E0, E1, BO);
432 }
433
434 Value *X, *Y;
435 CmpInst::Predicate Pred;
436 if (match(SrcVec, m_Cmp(Pred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y))) &&
437 cheapToScalarize(SrcVec, IndexC)) {
438 // extelt (cmp X, Y), Index --> cmp (extelt X, Index), (extelt Y, Index)
439 Value *E0 = Builder.CreateExtractElement(X, Index);
440 Value *E1 = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Y, Index);
441 return CmpInst::Create(cast<CmpInst>(SrcVec)->getOpcode(), Pred, E0, E1);
442 }
443
444 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SrcVec)) {
445 if (auto *IE = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(I)) {
446 // Extracting the inserted element?
447 if (IE->getOperand(2) == Index)
448 return replaceInstUsesWith(EI, IE->getOperand(1));
449 // If the inserted and extracted elements are constants, they must not
450 // be the same value, extract from the pre-inserted value instead.
451 if (isa<Constant>(IE->getOperand(2)) && IndexC)
452 return replaceOperand(EI, 0, IE->getOperand(0));
453 } else if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
454 auto *VecType = cast<VectorType>(GEP->getType());
455 ElementCount EC = VecType->getElementCount();
456 uint64_t IdxVal = IndexC ? IndexC->getZExtValue() : 0;
457 if (IndexC && IdxVal < EC.getKnownMinValue() && GEP->hasOneUse()) {
458 // Find out why we have a vector result - these are a few examples:
459 // 1. We have a scalar pointer and a vector of indices, or
460 // 2. We have a vector of pointers and a scalar index, or
461 // 3. We have a vector of pointers and a vector of indices, etc.
462 // Here we only consider combining when there is exactly one vector
463 // operand, since the optimization is less obviously a win due to
464 // needing more than one extractelements.
465
466 unsigned VectorOps =
467 llvm::count_if(GEP->operands(), [](const Value *V) {
468 return isa<VectorType>(V->getType());
469 });
470 if (VectorOps > 1)
471 return nullptr;
472 assert(VectorOps == 1 && "Expected exactly one vector GEP operand!")((void)0);
473
474 Value *NewPtr = GEP->getPointerOperand();
475 if (isa<VectorType>(NewPtr->getType()))
476 NewPtr = Builder.CreateExtractElement(NewPtr, IndexC);
477
478 SmallVector<Value *> NewOps;
479 for (unsigned I = 1; I != GEP->getNumOperands(); ++I) {
480 Value *Op = GEP->getOperand(I);
481 if (isa<VectorType>(Op->getType()))
482 NewOps.push_back(Builder.CreateExtractElement(Op, IndexC));
483 else
484 NewOps.push_back(Op);
485 }
486
487 GetElementPtrInst *NewGEP = GetElementPtrInst::Create(
488 cast<PointerType>(NewPtr->getType())->getElementType(), NewPtr,
489 NewOps);
490 NewGEP->setIsInBounds(GEP->isInBounds());
491 return NewGEP;
492 }
493 return nullptr;
494 } else if (auto *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I)) {
495 // If this is extracting an element from a shufflevector, figure out where
496 // it came from and extract from the appropriate input element instead.
497 // Restrict the following transformation to fixed-length vector.
498 if (isa<FixedVectorType>(SVI->getType()) && isa<ConstantInt>(Index)) {
499 int SrcIdx =
500 SVI->getMaskValue(cast<ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue());
501 Value *Src;
502 unsigned LHSWidth = cast<FixedVectorType>(SVI->getOperand(0)->getType())
503 ->getNumElements();
504
505 if (SrcIdx < 0)
506 return replaceInstUsesWith(EI, UndefValue::get(EI.getType()));
507 if (SrcIdx < (int)LHSWidth)
508 Src = SVI->getOperand(0);
509 else {
510 SrcIdx -= LHSWidth;
511 Src = SVI->getOperand(1);
512 }
513 Type *Int32Ty = Type::getInt32Ty(EI.getContext());
514 return ExtractElementInst::Create(
515 Src, ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, SrcIdx, false));
516 }
517 } else if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) {
518 // Canonicalize extractelement(cast) -> cast(extractelement).
519 // Bitcasts can change the number of vector elements, and they cost
520 // nothing.
521 if (CI->hasOneUse() && (CI->getOpcode() != Instruction::BitCast)) {
522 Value *EE = Builder.CreateExtractElement(CI->getOperand(0), Index);
523 return CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), EE, EI.getType());
524 }
525 }
526 }
527 return nullptr;
528}
529
530/// If V is a shuffle of values that ONLY returns elements from either LHS or
531/// RHS, return the shuffle mask and true. Otherwise, return false.
532static bool collectSingleShuffleElements(Value *V, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
533 SmallVectorImpl<int> &Mask) {
534 assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() &&((void)0)
535 "Invalid CollectSingleShuffleElements")((void)0);
536 unsigned NumElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
537
538 if (match(V, m_Undef())) {
539 Mask.assign(NumElts, -1);
540 return true;
541 }
542
543 if (V == LHS) {
544 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
545 Mask.push_back(i);
546 return true;
547 }
548
549 if (V == RHS) {
550 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
551 Mask.push_back(i + NumElts);
552 return true;
553 }
554
555 if (InsertElementInst *IEI = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
556 // If this is an insert of an extract from some other vector, include it.
557 Value *VecOp = IEI->getOperand(0);
558 Value *ScalarOp = IEI->getOperand(1);
559 Value *IdxOp = IEI->getOperand(2);
560
561 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp))
562 return false;
563 unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
564
565 if (isa<UndefValue>(ScalarOp)) { // inserting undef into vector.
566 // We can handle this if the vector we are inserting into is
567 // transitively ok.
568 if (collectSingleShuffleElements(VecOp, LHS, RHS, Mask)) {
569 // If so, update the mask to reflect the inserted undef.
570 Mask[InsertedIdx] = -1;
571 return true;
572 }
573 } else if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)){
574 if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))) {
575 unsigned ExtractedIdx =
576 cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
577 unsigned NumLHSElts =
578 cast<FixedVectorType>(LHS->getType())->getNumElements();
579
580 // This must be extracting from either LHS or RHS.
581 if (EI->getOperand(0) == LHS || EI->getOperand(0) == RHS) {
582 // We can handle this if the vector we are inserting into is
583 // transitively ok.
584 if (collectSingleShuffleElements(VecOp, LHS, RHS, Mask)) {
585 // If so, update the mask to reflect the inserted value.
586 if (EI->getOperand(0) == LHS) {
587 Mask[InsertedIdx % NumElts] = ExtractedIdx;
588 } else {
589 assert(EI->getOperand(0) == RHS)((void)0);
590 Mask[InsertedIdx % NumElts] = ExtractedIdx + NumLHSElts;
591 }
592 return true;
593 }
594 }
595 }
596 }
597 }
598
599 return false;
600}
601
602/// If we have insertion into a vector that is wider than the vector that we
603/// are extracting from, try to widen the source vector to allow a single
604/// shufflevector to replace one or more insert/extract pairs.
605static void replaceExtractElements(InsertElementInst *InsElt,
606 ExtractElementInst *ExtElt,
607 InstCombinerImpl &IC) {
608 auto *InsVecType = cast<FixedVectorType>(InsElt->getType());
609 auto *ExtVecType = cast<FixedVectorType>(ExtElt->getVectorOperandType());
610 unsigned NumInsElts = InsVecType->getNumElements();
611 unsigned NumExtElts = ExtVecType->getNumElements();
612
613 // The inserted-to vector must be wider than the extracted-from vector.
614 if (InsVecType->getElementType() != ExtVecType->getElementType() ||
615 NumExtElts >= NumInsElts)
616 return;
617
618 // Create a shuffle mask to widen the extended-from vector using poison
619 // values. The mask selects all of the values of the original vector followed
620 // by as many poison values as needed to create a vector of the same length
621 // as the inserted-to vector.
622 SmallVector<int, 16> ExtendMask;
623 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumExtElts; ++i)
624 ExtendMask.push_back(i);
625 for (unsigned i = NumExtElts; i < NumInsElts; ++i)
626 ExtendMask.push_back(-1);
627
628 Value *ExtVecOp = ExtElt->getVectorOperand();
629 auto *ExtVecOpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ExtVecOp);
630 BasicBlock *InsertionBlock = (ExtVecOpInst && !isa<PHINode>(ExtVecOpInst))
631 ? ExtVecOpInst->getParent()
632 : ExtElt->getParent();
633
634 // TODO: This restriction matches the basic block check below when creating
635 // new extractelement instructions. If that limitation is removed, this one
636 // could also be removed. But for now, we just bail out to ensure that we
637 // will replace the extractelement instruction that is feeding our
638 // insertelement instruction. This allows the insertelement to then be
639 // replaced by a shufflevector. If the insertelement is not replaced, we can
640 // induce infinite looping because there's an optimization for extractelement
641 // that will delete our widening shuffle. This would trigger another attempt
642 // here to create that shuffle, and we spin forever.
643 if (InsertionBlock != InsElt->getParent())
644 return;
645
646 // TODO: This restriction matches the check in visitInsertElementInst() and
647 // prevents an infinite loop caused by not turning the extract/insert pair
648 // into a shuffle. We really should not need either check, but we're lacking
649 // folds for shufflevectors because we're afraid to generate shuffle masks
650 // that the backend can't handle.
651 if (InsElt->hasOneUse() && isa<InsertElementInst>(InsElt->user_back()))
652 return;
653
654 auto *WideVec =
655 new ShuffleVectorInst(ExtVecOp, PoisonValue::get(ExtVecType), ExtendMask);
656
657 // Insert the new shuffle after the vector operand of the extract is defined
658 // (as long as it's not a PHI) or at the start of the basic block of the
659 // extract, so any subsequent extracts in the same basic block can use it.
660 // TODO: Insert before the earliest ExtractElementInst that is replaced.
661 if (ExtVecOpInst && !isa<PHINode>(ExtVecOpInst))
662 WideVec->insertAfter(ExtVecOpInst);
663 else
664 IC.InsertNewInstWith(WideVec, *ExtElt->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
665
666 // Replace extracts from the original narrow vector with extracts from the new
667 // wide vector.
668 for (User *U : ExtVecOp->users()) {
669 ExtractElementInst *OldExt = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(U);
670 if (!OldExt || OldExt->getParent() != WideVec->getParent())
671 continue;
672 auto *NewExt = ExtractElementInst::Create(WideVec, OldExt->getOperand(1));
673 NewExt->insertAfter(OldExt);
674 IC.replaceInstUsesWith(*OldExt, NewExt);
675 }
676}
677
678/// We are building a shuffle to create V, which is a sequence of insertelement,
679/// extractelement pairs. If PermittedRHS is set, then we must either use it or
680/// not rely on the second vector source. Return a std::pair containing the
681/// left and right vectors of the proposed shuffle (or 0), and set the Mask
682/// parameter as required.
683///
684/// Note: we intentionally don't try to fold earlier shuffles since they have
685/// often been chosen carefully to be efficiently implementable on the target.
686using ShuffleOps = std::pair<Value *, Value *>;
687
688static ShuffleOps collectShuffleElements(Value *V, SmallVectorImpl<int> &Mask,
689 Value *PermittedRHS,
690 InstCombinerImpl &IC) {
691 assert(V->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Invalid shuffle!")((void)0);
692 unsigned NumElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
693
694 if (match(V, m_Undef())) {
695 Mask.assign(NumElts, -1);
696 return std::make_pair(
697 PermittedRHS ? UndefValue::get(PermittedRHS->getType()) : V, nullptr);
698 }
699
700 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) {
701 Mask.assign(NumElts, 0);
702 return std::make_pair(V, nullptr);
703 }
704
705 if (InsertElementInst *IEI = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
706 // If this is an insert of an extract from some other vector, include it.
707 Value *VecOp = IEI->getOperand(0);
708 Value *ScalarOp = IEI->getOperand(1);
709 Value *IdxOp = IEI->getOperand(2);
710
711 if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)) {
712 if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1)) && isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)) {
713 unsigned ExtractedIdx =
714 cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
715 unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
716
717 // Either the extracted from or inserted into vector must be RHSVec,
718 // otherwise we'd end up with a shuffle of three inputs.
719 if (EI->getOperand(0) == PermittedRHS || PermittedRHS == nullptr) {
720 Value *RHS = EI->getOperand(0);
721 ShuffleOps LR = collectShuffleElements(VecOp, Mask, RHS, IC);
722 assert(LR.second == nullptr || LR.second == RHS)((void)0);
723
724 if (LR.first->getType() != RHS->getType()) {
725 // Although we are giving up for now, see if we can create extracts
726 // that match the inserts for another round of combining.
727 replaceExtractElements(IEI, EI, IC);
728
729 // We tried our best, but we can't find anything compatible with RHS
730 // further up the chain. Return a trivial shuffle.
731 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElts; ++i)
732 Mask[i] = i;
733 return std::make_pair(V, nullptr);
734 }
735
736 unsigned NumLHSElts =
737 cast<FixedVectorType>(RHS->getType())->getNumElements();
738 Mask[InsertedIdx % NumElts] = NumLHSElts + ExtractedIdx;
739 return std::make_pair(LR.first, RHS);
740 }
741
742 if (VecOp == PermittedRHS) {
743 // We've gone as far as we can: anything on the other side of the
744 // extractelement will already have been converted into a shuffle.
745 unsigned NumLHSElts =
746 cast<FixedVectorType>(EI->getOperand(0)->getType())
747 ->getNumElements();
748 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
749 Mask.push_back(i == InsertedIdx ? ExtractedIdx : NumLHSElts + i);
750 return std::make_pair(EI->getOperand(0), PermittedRHS);
751 }
752
753 // If this insertelement is a chain that comes from exactly these two
754 // vectors, return the vector and the effective shuffle.
755 if (EI->getOperand(0)->getType() == PermittedRHS->getType() &&
756 collectSingleShuffleElements(IEI, EI->getOperand(0), PermittedRHS,
757 Mask))
758 return std::make_pair(EI->getOperand(0), PermittedRHS);
759 }
760 }
761 }
762
763 // Otherwise, we can't do anything fancy. Return an identity vector.
764 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
765 Mask.push_back(i);
766 return std::make_pair(V, nullptr);
767}
768
769/// Look for chain of insertvalue's that fully define an aggregate, and trace
770/// back the values inserted, see if they are all were extractvalue'd from
771/// the same source aggregate from the exact same element indexes.
772/// If they were, just reuse the source aggregate.
773/// This potentially deals with PHI indirections.
774Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::foldAggregateConstructionIntoAggregateReuse(
775 InsertValueInst &OrigIVI) {
776 Type *AggTy = OrigIVI.getType();
777 unsigned NumAggElts;
778 switch (AggTy->getTypeID()) {
779 case Type::StructTyID:
780 NumAggElts = AggTy->getStructNumElements();
781 break;
782 case Type::ArrayTyID:
783 NumAggElts = AggTy->getArrayNumElements();
784 break;
785 default:
786 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled aggregate type?")__builtin_unreachable();
787 }
788
789 // Arbitrary aggregate size cut-off. Motivation for limit of 2 is to be able
790 // to handle clang C++ exception struct (which is hardcoded as {i8*, i32}),
791 // FIXME: any interesting patterns to be caught with larger limit?
792 assert(NumAggElts > 0 && "Aggregate should have elements.")((void)0);
793 if (NumAggElts > 2)
794 return nullptr;
795
796 static constexpr auto NotFound = None;
797 static constexpr auto FoundMismatch = nullptr;
798
799 // Try to find a value of each element of an aggregate.
800 // FIXME: deal with more complex, not one-dimensional, aggregate types
801 SmallVector<Optional<Instruction *>, 2> AggElts(NumAggElts, NotFound);
802
803 // Do we know values for each element of the aggregate?
804 auto KnowAllElts = [&AggElts]() {
805 return all_of(AggElts,
806 [](Optional<Instruction *> Elt) { return Elt != NotFound; });
807 };
808
809 int Depth = 0;
810
811 // Arbitrary `insertvalue` visitation depth limit. Let's be okay with
812 // every element being overwritten twice, which should never happen.
813 static const int DepthLimit = 2 * NumAggElts;
814
815 // Recurse up the chain of `insertvalue` aggregate operands until either we've
816 // reconstructed full initializer or can't visit any more `insertvalue`'s.
817 for (InsertValueInst *CurrIVI = &OrigIVI;
818 Depth < DepthLimit && CurrIVI && !KnowAllElts();
819 CurrIVI = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(CurrIVI->getAggregateOperand()),
820 ++Depth) {
821 auto *InsertedValue =
822 dyn_cast<Instruction>(CurrIVI->getInsertedValueOperand());
823 if (!InsertedValue)
824 return nullptr; // Inserted value must be produced by an instruction.
825
826 ArrayRef<unsigned int> Indices = CurrIVI->getIndices();
827
828 // Don't bother with more than single-level aggregates.
829 if (Indices.size() != 1)
830 return nullptr; // FIXME: deal with more complex aggregates?
831
832 // Now, we may have already previously recorded the value for this element
833 // of an aggregate. If we did, that means the CurrIVI will later be
834 // overwritten with the already-recorded value. But if not, let's record it!
835 Optional<Instruction *> &Elt = AggElts[Indices.front()];
836 Elt = Elt.getValueOr(InsertedValue);
837
838 // FIXME: should we handle chain-terminating undef base operand?
839 }
840
841 // Was that sufficient to deduce the full initializer for the aggregate?
842 if (!KnowAllElts())
843 return nullptr; // Give up then.
844
845 // We now want to find the source[s] of the aggregate elements we've found.
846 // And with "source" we mean the original aggregate[s] from which
847 // the inserted elements were extracted. This may require PHI translation.
848
849 enum class AggregateDescription {
850 /// When analyzing the value that was inserted into an aggregate, we did
851 /// not manage to find defining `extractvalue` instruction to analyze.
852 NotFound,
853 /// When analyzing the value that was inserted into an aggregate, we did
854 /// manage to find defining `extractvalue` instruction[s], and everything
855 /// matched perfectly - aggregate type, element insertion/extraction index.
856 Found,
857 /// When analyzing the value that was inserted into an aggregate, we did
858 /// manage to find defining `extractvalue` instruction, but there was
859 /// a mismatch: either the source type from which the extraction was didn't
860 /// match the aggregate type into which the insertion was,
861 /// or the extraction/insertion channels mismatched,
862 /// or different elements had different source aggregates.
863 FoundMismatch
864 };
865 auto Describe = [](Optional<Value *> SourceAggregate) {
866 if (SourceAggregate == NotFound)
867 return AggregateDescription::NotFound;
868 if (*SourceAggregate == FoundMismatch)
869 return AggregateDescription::FoundMismatch;
870 return AggregateDescription::Found;
871 };
872
873 // Given the value \p Elt that was being inserted into element \p EltIdx of an
874 // aggregate AggTy, see if \p Elt was originally defined by an
875 // appropriate extractvalue (same element index, same aggregate type).
876 // If found, return the source aggregate from which the extraction was.
877 // If \p PredBB is provided, does PHI translation of an \p Elt first.
878 auto FindSourceAggregate =
879 [&](Instruction *Elt, unsigned EltIdx, Optional<BasicBlock *> UseBB,
880 Optional<BasicBlock *> PredBB) -> Optional<Value *> {
881 // For now(?), only deal with, at most, a single level of PHI indirection.
882 if (UseBB && PredBB)
883 Elt = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Elt->DoPHITranslation(*UseBB, *PredBB));
884 // FIXME: deal with multiple levels of PHI indirection?
885
886 // Did we find an extraction?
887 auto *EVI = dyn_cast_or_null<ExtractValueInst>(Elt);
888 if (!EVI)
889 return NotFound;
890
891 Value *SourceAggregate = EVI->getAggregateOperand();
892
893 // Is the extraction from the same type into which the insertion was?
894 if (SourceAggregate->getType() != AggTy)
895 return FoundMismatch;
896 // And the element index doesn't change between extraction and insertion?
897 if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1 || EltIdx != EVI->getIndices().front())
898 return FoundMismatch;
899
900 return SourceAggregate; // AggregateDescription::Found
901 };
902
903 // Given elements AggElts that were constructing an aggregate OrigIVI,
904 // see if we can find appropriate source aggregate for each of the elements,
905 // and see it's the same aggregate for each element. If so, return it.
906 auto FindCommonSourceAggregate =
907 [&](Optional<BasicBlock *> UseBB,
908 Optional<BasicBlock *> PredBB) -> Optional<Value *> {
909 Optional<Value *> SourceAggregate;
910
911 for (auto I : enumerate(AggElts)) {
912 assert(Describe(SourceAggregate) != AggregateDescription::FoundMismatch &&((void)0)
913 "We don't store nullptr in SourceAggregate!")((void)0);
914 assert((Describe(SourceAggregate) == AggregateDescription::Found) ==((void)0)
915 (I.index() != 0) &&((void)0)
916 "SourceAggregate should be valid after the the first element,")((void)0);
917
918 // For this element, is there a plausible source aggregate?
919 // FIXME: we could special-case undef element, IFF we know that in the
920 // source aggregate said element isn't poison.
921 Optional<Value *> SourceAggregateForElement =
922 FindSourceAggregate(*I.value(), I.index(), UseBB, PredBB);
923
924 // Okay, what have we found? Does that correlate with previous findings?
925
926 // Regardless of whether or not we have previously found source
927 // aggregate for previous elements (if any), if we didn't find one for
928 // this element, passthrough whatever we have just found.
929 if (Describe(SourceAggregateForElement) != AggregateDescription::Found)
930 return SourceAggregateForElement;
931
932 // Okay, we have found source aggregate for this element.
933 // Let's see what we already know from previous elements, if any.
934 switch (Describe(SourceAggregate)) {
935 case AggregateDescription::NotFound:
936 // This is apparently the first element that we have examined.
937 SourceAggregate = SourceAggregateForElement; // Record the aggregate!
938 continue; // Great, now look at next element.
939 case AggregateDescription::Found:
940 // We have previously already successfully examined other elements.
941 // Is this the same source aggregate we've found for other elements?
942 if (*SourceAggregateForElement != *SourceAggregate)
943 return FoundMismatch;
944 continue; // Still the same aggregate, look at next element.
945 case AggregateDescription::FoundMismatch:
946 llvm_unreachable("Can't happen. We would have early-exited then.")__builtin_unreachable();
947 };
948 }
949
950 assert(Describe(SourceAggregate) == AggregateDescription::Found &&((void)0)
951 "Must be a valid Value")((void)0);
952 return *SourceAggregate;
953 };
954
955 Optional<Value *> SourceAggregate;
956
957 // Can we find the source aggregate without looking at predecessors?
958 SourceAggregate = FindCommonSourceAggregate(/*UseBB=*/None, /*PredBB=*/None);
959 if (Describe(SourceAggregate) != AggregateDescription::NotFound) {
960 if (Describe(SourceAggregate) == AggregateDescription::FoundMismatch)
961 return nullptr; // Conflicting source aggregates!
962 ++NumAggregateReconstructionsSimplified;
963 return replaceInstUsesWith(OrigIVI, *SourceAggregate);
964 }
965
966 // Okay, apparently we need to look at predecessors.
967
968 // We should be smart about picking the "use" basic block, which will be the
969 // merge point for aggregate, where we'll insert the final PHI that will be
970 // used instead of OrigIVI. Basic block of OrigIVI is *not* the right choice.
971 // We should look in which blocks each of the AggElts is being defined,
972 // they all should be defined in the same basic block.
973 BasicBlock *UseBB = nullptr;
974
975 for (const Optional<Instruction *> &I : AggElts) {
976 BasicBlock *BB = (*I)->getParent();
977 // If it's the first instruction we've encountered, record the basic block.
978 if (!UseBB) {
979 UseBB = BB;
980 continue;
981 }
982 // Otherwise, this must be the same basic block we've seen previously.
983 if (UseBB != BB)
984 return nullptr;
985 }
986
987 // If *all* of the elements are basic-block-independent, meaning they are
988 // either function arguments, or constant expressions, then if we didn't
989 // handle them without predecessor-aware handling, we won't handle them now.
990 if (!UseBB)
991 return nullptr;
992
993 // If we didn't manage to find source aggregate without looking at
994 // predecessors, and there are no predecessors to look at, then we're done.
995 if (pred_empty(UseBB))
996 return nullptr;
997
998 // Arbitrary predecessor count limit.
999 static const int PredCountLimit = 64;
1000
1001 // Cache the (non-uniqified!) list of predecessors in a vector,
1002 // checking the limit at the same time for efficiency.
1003 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 4> Preds; // May have duplicates!
1004 for (BasicBlock *Pred : predecessors(UseBB)) {
1005 // Don't bother if there are too many predecessors.
1006 if (Preds.size() >= PredCountLimit) // FIXME: only count duplicates once?
1007 return nullptr;
1008 Preds.emplace_back(Pred);
1009 }
1010
1011 // For each predecessor, what is the source aggregate,
1012 // from which all the elements were originally extracted from?
1013 // Note that we want for the map to have stable iteration order!
1014 SmallDenseMap<BasicBlock *, Value *, 4> SourceAggregates;
1015 for (BasicBlock *Pred : Preds) {
1016 std::pair<decltype(SourceAggregates)::iterator, bool> IV =
1017 SourceAggregates.insert({Pred, nullptr});
1018 // Did we already evaluate this predecessor?
1019 if (!IV.second)
1020 continue;
1021
1022 // Let's hope that when coming from predecessor Pred, all elements of the
1023 // aggregate produced by OrigIVI must have been originally extracted from
1024 // the same aggregate. Is that so? Can we find said original aggregate?
1025 SourceAggregate = FindCommonSourceAggregate(UseBB, Pred);
1026 if (Describe(SourceAggregate) != AggregateDescription::Found)
1027 return nullptr; // Give up.
1028 IV.first->second = *SourceAggregate;
1029 }
1030
1031 // All good! Now we just need to thread the source aggregates here.
1032 // Note that we have to insert the new PHI here, ourselves, because we can't
1033 // rely on InstCombinerImpl::run() inserting it into the right basic block.
1034 // Note that the same block can be a predecessor more than once,
1035 // and we need to preserve that invariant for the PHI node.
1036 BuilderTy::InsertPointGuard Guard(Builder);
1037 Builder.SetInsertPoint(UseBB->getFirstNonPHI());
1038 auto *PHI =
1039 Builder.CreatePHI(AggTy, Preds.size(), OrigIVI.getName() + ".merged");
1040 for (BasicBlock *Pred : Preds)
1041 PHI->addIncoming(SourceAggregates[Pred], Pred);
1042
1043 ++NumAggregateReconstructionsSimplified;
1044 return replaceInstUsesWith(OrigIVI, PHI);
1045}
1046
1047/// Try to find redundant insertvalue instructions, like the following ones:
1048/// %0 = insertvalue { i8, i32 } undef, i8 %x, 0
1049/// %1 = insertvalue { i8, i32 } %0, i8 %y, 0
1050/// Here the second instruction inserts values at the same indices, as the
1051/// first one, making the first one redundant.
1052/// It should be transformed to:
1053/// %0 = insertvalue { i8, i32 } undef, i8 %y, 0
1054Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::visitInsertValueInst(InsertValueInst &I) {
1055 bool IsRedundant = false;
1056 ArrayRef<unsigned int> FirstIndices = I.getIndices();
1057
1058 // If there is a chain of insertvalue instructions (each of them except the
1059 // last one has only one use and it's another insertvalue insn from this
1060 // chain), check if any of the 'children' uses the same indices as the first
1061 // instruction. In this case, the first one is redundant.
1062 Value *V = &I;
1063 unsigned Depth = 0;
1064 while (V->hasOneUse() && Depth < 10) {
1065 User *U = V->user_back();
1066 auto UserInsInst = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(U);
1067 if (!UserInsInst || U->getOperand(0) != V)
1068 break;
1069 if (UserInsInst->getIndices() == FirstIndices) {
1070 IsRedundant = true;
1071 break;
1072 }
1073 V = UserInsInst;
1074 Depth++;
1075 }
1076
1077 if (IsRedundant)
1078 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, I.getOperand(0));
1079
1080 if (Instruction *NewI = foldAggregateConstructionIntoAggregateReuse(I))
1081 return NewI;
1082
1083 return nullptr;
1084}
1085
1086static bool isShuffleEquivalentToSelect(ShuffleVectorInst &Shuf) {
1087 // Can not analyze scalable type, the number of elements is not a compile-time
1088 // constant.
1089 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(Shuf.getOperand(0)->getType()))
1090 return false;
1091
1092 int MaskSize = Shuf.getShuffleMask().size();
1093 int VecSize =
1094 cast<FixedVectorType>(Shuf.getOperand(0)->getType())->getNumElements();
1095
1096 // A vector select does not change the size of the operands.
1097 if (MaskSize != VecSize)
1098 return false;
1099
1100 // Each mask element must be undefined or choose a vector element from one of
1101 // the source operands without crossing vector lanes.
1102 for (int i = 0; i != MaskSize; ++i) {
1103 int Elt = Shuf.getMaskValue(i);
1104 if (Elt != -1 && Elt != i && Elt != i + VecSize)
1105 return false;
1106 }
1107
1108 return true;
1109}
1110
1111/// Turn a chain of inserts that splats a value into an insert + shuffle:
1112/// insertelt(insertelt(insertelt(insertelt X, %k, 0), %k, 1), %k, 2) ... ->
1113/// shufflevector(insertelt(X, %k, 0), poison, zero)
1114static Instruction *foldInsSequenceIntoSplat(InsertElementInst &InsElt) {
1115 // We are interested in the last insert in a chain. So if this insert has a
1116 // single user and that user is an insert, bail.
1117 if (InsElt.hasOneUse() && isa<InsertElementInst>(InsElt.user_back()))
1118 return nullptr;
1119
1120 VectorType *VecTy = InsElt.getType();
1121 // Can not handle scalable type, the number of elements is not a compile-time
1122 // constant.
1123 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(VecTy))
1124 return nullptr;
1125 unsigned NumElements = cast<FixedVectorType>(VecTy)->getNumElements();
1126
1127 // Do not try to do this for a one-element vector, since that's a nop,
1128 // and will cause an inf-loop.
1129 if (NumElements == 1)
1130 return nullptr;
1131
1132 Value *SplatVal = InsElt.getOperand(1);
1133 InsertElementInst *CurrIE = &InsElt;
1134 SmallBitVector ElementPresent(NumElements, false);
1135 InsertElementInst *FirstIE = nullptr;
1136
1137 // Walk the chain backwards, keeping track of which indices we inserted into,
1138 // until we hit something that isn't an insert of the splatted value.
1139 while (CurrIE) {
1140 auto *Idx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CurrIE->getOperand(2));
1141 if (!Idx || CurrIE->getOperand(1) != SplatVal)
1142 return nullptr;
1143
1144 auto *NextIE = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(CurrIE->getOperand(0));
1145 // Check none of the intermediate steps have any additional uses, except
1146 // for the root insertelement instruction, which can be re-used, if it
1147 // inserts at position 0.
1148 if (CurrIE != &InsElt &&
1149 (!CurrIE->hasOneUse() && (NextIE != nullptr || !Idx->isZero())))
1150 return nullptr;
1151
1152 ElementPresent[Idx->getZExtValue()] = true;
1153 FirstIE = CurrIE;
1154 CurrIE = NextIE;
1155 }
1156
1157 // If this is just a single insertelement (not a sequence), we are done.
1158 if (FirstIE == &InsElt)
1159 return nullptr;
1160
1161 // If we are not inserting into an undef vector, make sure we've seen an
1162 // insert into every element.
1163 // TODO: If the base vector is not undef, it might be better to create a splat
1164 // and then a select-shuffle (blend) with the base vector.
1165 if (!match(FirstIE->getOperand(0), m_Undef()))
1166 if (!ElementPresent.all())
1167 return nullptr;
1168
1169 // Create the insert + shuffle.
1170 Type *Int32Ty = Type::getInt32Ty(InsElt.getContext());
1171 PoisonValue *PoisonVec = PoisonValue::get(VecTy);
1172 Constant *Zero = ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, 0);
1173 if (!cast<ConstantInt>(FirstIE->getOperand(2))->isZero())
1174 FirstIE = InsertElementInst::Create(PoisonVec, SplatVal, Zero, "", &InsElt);
1175
1176 // Splat from element 0, but replace absent elements with undef in the mask.
1177 SmallVector<int, 16> Mask(NumElements, 0);
1178 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i)
1179 if (!ElementPresent[i])
1180 Mask[i] = -1;
1181
1182 return new ShuffleVectorInst(FirstIE, PoisonVec, Mask);
1183}
1184
1185/// Try to fold an insert element into an existing splat shuffle by changing
1186/// the shuffle's mask to include the index of this insert element.
1187static Instruction *foldInsEltIntoSplat(InsertElementInst &InsElt) {
1188 // Check if the vector operand of this insert is a canonical splat shuffle.
1189 auto *Shuf = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(InsElt.getOperand(0));
1190 if (!Shuf || !Shuf->isZeroEltSplat())
1191 return nullptr;
1192
1193 // Bail out early if shuffle is scalable type. The number of elements in
1194 // shuffle mask is unknown at compile-time.
1195 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(Shuf->getType()))
1196 return nullptr;
1197
1198 // Check for a constant insertion index.
1199 uint64_t IdxC;
1200 if (!match(InsElt.getOperand(2), m_ConstantInt(IdxC)))
1201 return nullptr;
1202
1203 // Check if the splat shuffle's input is the same as this insert's scalar op.
1204 Value *X = InsElt.getOperand(1);
1205 Value *Op0 = Shuf->getOperand(0);
1206 if (!match(Op0, m_InsertElt(m_Undef(), m_Specific(X), m_ZeroInt())))
1207 return nullptr;
1208
1209 // Replace the shuffle mask element at the index of this insert with a zero.
1210 // For example:
1211 // inselt (shuf (inselt undef, X, 0), undef, <0,undef,0,undef>), X, 1
1212 // --> shuf (inselt undef, X, 0), undef, <0,0,0,undef>
1213 unsigned NumMaskElts =
1214 cast<FixedVectorType>(Shuf->getType())->getNumElements();
1215 SmallVector<int, 16> NewMask(NumMaskElts);
1216 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumMaskElts; ++i)
1217 NewMask[i] = i == IdxC ? 0 : Shuf->getMaskValue(i);
1218
1219 return new ShuffleVectorInst(Op0, UndefValue::get(Op0->getType()), NewMask);
1220}
1221
1222/// Try to fold an extract+insert element into an existing identity shuffle by
1223/// changing the shuffle's mask to include the index of this insert element.
1224static Instruction *foldInsEltIntoIdentityShuffle(InsertElementInst &InsElt) {
1225 // Check if the vector operand of this insert is an identity shuffle.
1226 auto *Shuf = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(InsElt.getOperand(0));
1227 if (!Shuf || !match(Shuf->getOperand(1), m_Undef()) ||
1228 !(Shuf->isIdentityWithExtract() || Shuf->isIdentityWithPadding()))
1229 return nullptr;
1230
1231 // Bail out early if shuffle is scalable type. The number of elements in
1232 // shuffle mask is unknown at compile-time.
1233 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(Shuf->getType()))
1234 return nullptr;
1235
1236 // Check for a constant insertion index.
1237 uint64_t IdxC;
1238 if (!match(InsElt.getOperand(2), m_ConstantInt(IdxC)))
1239 return nullptr;
1240
1241 // Check if this insert's scalar op is extracted from the identity shuffle's
1242 // input vector.
1243 Value *Scalar = InsElt.getOperand(1);
1244 Value *X = Shuf->getOperand(0);
1245 if (!match(Scalar, m_ExtractElt(m_Specific(X), m_SpecificInt(IdxC))))
1246 return nullptr;
1247
1248 // Replace the shuffle mask element at the index of this extract+insert with
1249 // that same index value.
1250 // For example:
1251 // inselt (shuf X, IdMask), (extelt X, IdxC), IdxC --> shuf X, IdMask'
1252 unsigned NumMaskElts =
1253 cast<FixedVectorType>(Shuf->getType())->getNumElements();
1254 SmallVector<int, 16> NewMask(NumMaskElts);
1255 ArrayRef<int> OldMask = Shuf->getShuffleMask();
1256 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumMaskElts; ++i) {
1257 if (i != IdxC) {
1258 // All mask elements besides the inserted element remain the same.
1259 NewMask[i] = OldMask[i];
1260 } else if (OldMask[i] == (int)IdxC) {
1261 // If the mask element was already set, there's nothing to do
1262 // (demanded elements analysis may unset it later).
1263 return nullptr;
1264 } else {
1265 assert(OldMask[i] == UndefMaskElem &&((void)0)
1266 "Unexpected shuffle mask element for identity shuffle")((void)0);
1267 NewMask[i] = IdxC;
1268 }
1269 }
1270
1271 return new ShuffleVectorInst(X, Shuf->getOperand(1), NewMask);
1272}
1273
1274/// If we have an insertelement instruction feeding into another insertelement
1275/// and the 2nd is inserting a constant into the vector, canonicalize that
1276/// constant insertion before the insertion of a variable:
1277///
1278/// insertelement (insertelement X, Y, IdxC1), ScalarC, IdxC2 -->
1279/// insertelement (insertelement X, ScalarC, IdxC2), Y, IdxC1
1280///
1281/// This has the potential of eliminating the 2nd insertelement instruction
1282/// via constant folding of the scalar constant into a vector constant.
1283static Instruction *hoistInsEltConst(InsertElementInst &InsElt2,
1284 InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder) {
1285 auto *InsElt1 = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(InsElt2.getOperand(0));
1286 if (!InsElt1 || !InsElt1->hasOneUse())
1287 return nullptr;
1288
1289 Value *X, *Y;
1290 Constant *ScalarC;
1291 ConstantInt *IdxC1, *IdxC2;
1292 if (match(InsElt1->getOperand(0), m_Value(X)) &&
1293 match(InsElt1->getOperand(1), m_Value(Y)) && !isa<Constant>(Y) &&
1294 match(InsElt1->getOperand(2), m_ConstantInt(IdxC1)) &&
1295 match(InsElt2.getOperand(1), m_Constant(ScalarC)) &&
1296 match(InsElt2.getOperand(2), m_ConstantInt(IdxC2)) && IdxC1 != IdxC2) {
1297 Value *NewInsElt1 = Builder.CreateInsertElement(X, ScalarC, IdxC2);
1298 return InsertElementInst::Create(NewInsElt1, Y, IdxC1);
1299 }
1300
1301 return nullptr;
1302}
1303
1304/// insertelt (shufflevector X, CVec, Mask|insertelt X, C1, CIndex1), C, CIndex
1305/// --> shufflevector X, CVec', Mask'
1306static Instruction *foldConstantInsEltIntoShuffle(InsertElementInst &InsElt) {
1307 auto *Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(InsElt.getOperand(0));
1308 // Bail out if the parent has more than one use. In that case, we'd be
1309 // replacing the insertelt with a shuffle, and that's not a clear win.
1310 if (!Inst || !Inst->hasOneUse())
1311 return nullptr;
1312 if (auto *Shuf = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(InsElt.getOperand(0))) {
1313 // The shuffle must have a constant vector operand. The insertelt must have
1314 // a constant scalar being inserted at a constant position in the vector.
1315 Constant *ShufConstVec, *InsEltScalar;
1316 uint64_t InsEltIndex;
1317 if (!match(Shuf->getOperand(1), m_Constant(ShufConstVec)) ||
1318 !match(InsElt.getOperand(1), m_Constant(InsEltScalar)) ||
1319 !match(InsElt.getOperand(2), m_ConstantInt(InsEltIndex)))
1320 return nullptr;
1321
1322 // Adding an element to an arbitrary shuffle could be expensive, but a
1323 // shuffle that selects elements from vectors without crossing lanes is
1324 // assumed cheap.
1325 // If we're just adding a constant into that shuffle, it will still be
1326 // cheap.
1327 if (!isShuffleEquivalentToSelect(*Shuf))
1328 return nullptr;
1329
1330 // From the above 'select' check, we know that the mask has the same number
1331 // of elements as the vector input operands. We also know that each constant
1332 // input element is used in its lane and can not be used more than once by
1333 // the shuffle. Therefore, replace the constant in the shuffle's constant
1334 // vector with the insertelt constant. Replace the constant in the shuffle's
1335 // mask vector with the insertelt index plus the length of the vector
1336 // (because the constant vector operand of a shuffle is always the 2nd
1337 // operand).
1338 ArrayRef<int> Mask = Shuf->getShuffleMask();
1339 unsigned NumElts = Mask.size();
1340 SmallVector<Constant *, 16> NewShufElts(NumElts);
1341 SmallVector<int, 16> NewMaskElts(NumElts);
1342 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElts; ++I) {
1343 if (I == InsEltIndex) {
1344 NewShufElts[I] = InsEltScalar;
1345 NewMaskElts[I] = InsEltIndex + NumElts;
1346 } else {
1347 // Copy over the existing values.
1348 NewShufElts[I] = ShufConstVec->getAggregateElement(I);
1349 NewMaskElts[I] = Mask[I];
1350 }
1351 }
1352
1353 // Create new operands for a shuffle that includes the constant of the
1354 // original insertelt. The old shuffle will be dead now.
1355 return new ShuffleVectorInst(Shuf->getOperand(0),
1356 ConstantVector::get(NewShufElts), NewMaskElts);
1357 } else if (auto *IEI = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(Inst)) {
1358 // Transform sequences of insertelements ops with constant data/indexes into
1359 // a single shuffle op.
1360 // Can not handle scalable type, the number of elements needed to create
1361 // shuffle mask is not a compile-time constant.
1362 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(InsElt.getType()))
1363 return nullptr;
1364 unsigned NumElts =
1365 cast<FixedVectorType>(InsElt.getType())->getNumElements();
1366
1367 uint64_t InsertIdx[2];
1368 Constant *Val[2];
1369 if (!match(InsElt.getOperand(2), m_ConstantInt(InsertIdx[0])) ||
1370 !match(InsElt.getOperand(1), m_Constant(Val[0])) ||
1371 !match(IEI->getOperand(2), m_ConstantInt(InsertIdx[1])) ||
1372 !match(IEI->getOperand(1), m_Constant(Val[1])))
1373 return nullptr;
1374 SmallVector<Constant *, 16> Values(NumElts);
1375 SmallVector<int, 16> Mask(NumElts);
1376 auto ValI = std::begin(Val);
1377 // Generate new constant vector and mask.
1378 // We have 2 values/masks from the insertelements instructions. Insert them
1379 // into new value/mask vectors.
1380 for (uint64_t I : InsertIdx) {
1381 if (!Values[I]) {
1382 Values[I] = *ValI;
1383 Mask[I] = NumElts + I;
1384 }
1385 ++ValI;
1386 }
1387 // Remaining values are filled with 'undef' values.
1388 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumElts; ++I) {
1389 if (!Values[I]) {
1390 Values[I] = UndefValue::get(InsElt.getType()->getElementType());
1391 Mask[I] = I;
1392 }
1393 }
1394 // Create new operands for a shuffle that includes the constant of the
1395 // original insertelt.
1396 return new ShuffleVectorInst(IEI->getOperand(0),
1397 ConstantVector::get(Values), Mask);
1398 }
1399 return nullptr;
1400}
1401
1402Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::visitInsertElementInst(InsertElementInst &IE) {
1403 Value *VecOp = IE.getOperand(0);
1404 Value *ScalarOp = IE.getOperand(1);
1405 Value *IdxOp = IE.getOperand(2);
1406
1407 if (auto *V = SimplifyInsertElementInst(
1408 VecOp, ScalarOp, IdxOp, SQ.getWithInstruction(&IE)))
1409 return replaceInstUsesWith(IE, V);
1410
1411 // If the scalar is bitcast and inserted into undef, do the insert in the
1412 // source type followed by bitcast.
1413 // TODO: Generalize for insert into any constant, not just undef?
1414 Value *ScalarSrc;
1415 if (match(VecOp, m_Undef()) &&
1416 match(ScalarOp, m_OneUse(m_BitCast(m_Value(ScalarSrc)))) &&
1417 (ScalarSrc->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
1418 ScalarSrc->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())) {
1419 // inselt undef, (bitcast ScalarSrc), IdxOp -->
1420 // bitcast (inselt undef, ScalarSrc, IdxOp)
1421 Type *ScalarTy = ScalarSrc->getType();
1422 Type *VecTy = VectorType::get(ScalarTy, IE.getType()->getElementCount());
1423 UndefValue *NewUndef = UndefValue::get(VecTy);
1424 Value *NewInsElt = Builder.CreateInsertElement(NewUndef, ScalarSrc, IdxOp);
1425 return new BitCastInst(NewInsElt, IE.getType());
1426 }
1427
1428 // If the vector and scalar are both bitcast from the same element type, do
1429 // the insert in that source type followed by bitcast.
1430 Value *VecSrc;
1431 if (match(VecOp, m_BitCast(m_Value(VecSrc))) &&
1432 match(ScalarOp, m_BitCast(m_Value(ScalarSrc))) &&
1433 (VecOp->hasOneUse() || ScalarOp->hasOneUse()) &&
1434 VecSrc->getType()->isVectorTy() && !ScalarSrc->getType()->isVectorTy() &&
1435 cast<VectorType>(VecSrc->getType())->getElementType() ==
1436 ScalarSrc->getType()) {
1437 // inselt (bitcast VecSrc), (bitcast ScalarSrc), IdxOp -->
1438 // bitcast (inselt VecSrc, ScalarSrc, IdxOp)
1439 Value *NewInsElt = Builder.CreateInsertElement(VecSrc, ScalarSrc, IdxOp);
1440 return new BitCastInst(NewInsElt, IE.getType());
1441 }
1442
1443 // If the inserted element was extracted from some other fixed-length vector
1444 // and both indexes are valid constants, try to turn this into a shuffle.
1445 // Can not handle scalable vector type, the number of elements needed to
1446 // create shuffle mask is not a compile-time constant.
1447 uint64_t InsertedIdx, ExtractedIdx;
1448 Value *ExtVecOp;
1449 if (isa<FixedVectorType>(IE.getType()) &&
1450 match(IdxOp, m_ConstantInt(InsertedIdx)) &&
1451 match(ScalarOp,
1452 m_ExtractElt(m_Value(ExtVecOp), m_ConstantInt(ExtractedIdx))) &&
1453 isa<FixedVectorType>(ExtVecOp->getType()) &&
1454 ExtractedIdx <
1455 cast<FixedVectorType>(ExtVecOp->getType())->getNumElements()) {
1456 // TODO: Looking at the user(s) to determine if this insert is a
1457 // fold-to-shuffle opportunity does not match the usual instcombine
1458 // constraints. We should decide if the transform is worthy based only
1459 // on this instruction and its operands, but that may not work currently.
1460 //
1461 // Here, we are trying to avoid creating shuffles before reaching
1462 // the end of a chain of extract-insert pairs. This is complicated because
1463 // we do not generally form arbitrary shuffle masks in instcombine
1464 // (because those may codegen poorly), but collectShuffleElements() does
1465 // exactly that.
1466 //
1467 // The rules for determining what is an acceptable target-independent
1468 // shuffle mask are fuzzy because they evolve based on the backend's
1469 // capabilities and real-world impact.
1470 auto isShuffleRootCandidate = [](InsertElementInst &Insert) {
1471 if (!Insert.hasOneUse())
1472 return true;
1473 auto *InsertUser = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(Insert.user_back());
1474 if (!InsertUser)
1475 return true;
1476 return false;
1477 };
1478
1479 // Try to form a shuffle from a chain of extract-insert ops.
1480 if (isShuffleRootCandidate(IE)) {
1481 SmallVector<int, 16> Mask;
1482 ShuffleOps LR = collectShuffleElements(&IE, Mask, nullptr, *this);
1483
1484 // The proposed shuffle may be trivial, in which case we shouldn't
1485 // perform the combine.
1486 if (LR.first != &IE && LR.second != &IE) {
1487 // We now have a shuffle of LHS, RHS, Mask.
1488 if (LR.second == nullptr)
1489 LR.second = UndefValue::get(LR.first->getType());
1490 return new ShuffleVectorInst(LR.first, LR.second, Mask);
1491 }
1492 }
1493 }
1494
1495 if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<FixedVectorType>(VecOp->getType())) {
1496 unsigned VWidth = VecTy->getNumElements();
1497 APInt UndefElts(VWidth, 0);
1498 APInt AllOnesEltMask(APInt::getAllOnesValue(VWidth));
1499 if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(&IE, AllOnesEltMask, UndefElts)) {
1500 if (V != &IE)
1501 return replaceInstUsesWith(IE, V);
1502 return &IE;
1503 }
1504 }
1505
1506 if (Instruction *Shuf = foldConstantInsEltIntoShuffle(IE))
1507 return Shuf;
1508
1509 if (Instruction *NewInsElt = hoistInsEltConst(IE, Builder))
1510 return NewInsElt;
1511
1512 if (Instruction *Broadcast = foldInsSequenceIntoSplat(IE))
1513 return Broadcast;
1514
1515 if (Instruction *Splat = foldInsEltIntoSplat(IE))
1516 return Splat;
1517
1518 if (Instruction *IdentityShuf = foldInsEltIntoIdentityShuffle(IE))
1519 return IdentityShuf;
1520
1521 return nullptr;
1522}
1523
1524/// Return true if we can evaluate the specified expression tree if the vector
1525/// elements were shuffled in a different order.
1526static bool canEvaluateShuffled(Value *V, ArrayRef<int> Mask,
1527 unsigned Depth = 5) {
1528 // We can always reorder the elements of a constant.
1529 if (isa<Constant>(V))
1530 return true;
1531
1532 // We won't reorder vector arguments. No IPO here.
1533 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
1534 if (!I) return false;
1535
1536 // Two users may expect different orders of the elements. Don't try it.
1537 if (!I->hasOneUse())
1538 return false;
1539
1540 if (Depth == 0) return false;
1541
1542 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
1543 case Instruction::UDiv:
1544 case Instruction::SDiv:
1545 case Instruction::URem:
1546 case Instruction::SRem:
1547 // Propagating an undefined shuffle mask element to integer div/rem is not
1548 // allowed because those opcodes can create immediate undefined behavior
1549 // from an undefined element in an operand.
1550 if (llvm::is_contained(Mask, -1))
1551 return false;
1552 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
1553 case Instruction::Add:
1554 case Instruction::FAdd:
1555 case Instruction::Sub:
1556 case Instruction::FSub:
1557 case Instruction::Mul:
1558 case Instruction::FMul:
1559 case Instruction::FDiv:
1560 case Instruction::FRem:
1561 case Instruction::Shl:
1562 case Instruction::LShr:
1563 case Instruction::AShr:
1564 case Instruction::And:
1565 case Instruction::Or:
1566 case Instruction::Xor:
1567 case Instruction::ICmp:
1568 case Instruction::FCmp:
1569 case Instruction::Trunc:
1570 case Instruction::ZExt:
1571 case Instruction::SExt:
1572 case Instruction::FPToUI:
1573 case Instruction::FPToSI:
1574 case Instruction::UIToFP:
1575 case Instruction::SIToFP:
1576 case Instruction::FPTrunc:
1577 case Instruction::FPExt:
1578 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
1579 // Bail out if we would create longer vector ops. We could allow creating
1580 // longer vector ops, but that may result in more expensive codegen.
1581 Type *ITy = I->getType();
1582 if (ITy->isVectorTy() &&
1583 Mask.size() > cast<FixedVectorType>(ITy)->getNumElements())
1584 return false;
1585 for (Value *Operand : I->operands()) {
1586 if (!canEvaluateShuffled(Operand, Mask, Depth - 1))
1587 return false;
1588 }
1589 return true;
1590 }
1591 case Instruction::InsertElement: {
1592 ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(2));
1593 if (!CI) return false;
1594 int ElementNumber = CI->getLimitedValue();
1595
1596 // Verify that 'CI' does not occur twice in Mask. A single 'insertelement'
1597 // can't put an element into multiple indices.
1598 bool SeenOnce = false;
1599 for (int i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
1600 if (Mask[i] == ElementNumber) {
1601 if (SeenOnce)
1602 return false;
1603 SeenOnce = true;
1604 }
1605 }
1606 return canEvaluateShuffled(I->getOperand(0), Mask, Depth - 1);
1607 }
1608 }
1609 return false;
1610}
1611
1612/// Rebuild a new instruction just like 'I' but with the new operands given.
1613/// In the event of type mismatch, the type of the operands is correct.
1614static Value *buildNew(Instruction *I, ArrayRef<Value*> NewOps) {
1615 // We don't want to use the IRBuilder here because we want the replacement
1616 // instructions to appear next to 'I', not the builder's insertion point.
1617 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
1618 case Instruction::Add:
1619 case Instruction::FAdd:
1620 case Instruction::Sub:
1621 case Instruction::FSub:
1622 case Instruction::Mul:
1623 case Instruction::FMul:
1624 case Instruction::UDiv:
1625 case Instruction::SDiv:
1626 case Instruction::FDiv:
1627 case Instruction::URem:
1628 case Instruction::SRem:
1629 case Instruction::FRem:
1630 case Instruction::Shl:
1631 case Instruction::LShr:
1632 case Instruction::AShr:
1633 case Instruction::And:
1634 case Instruction::Or:
1635 case Instruction::Xor: {
1636 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(I);
1637 assert(NewOps.size() == 2 && "binary operator with #ops != 2")((void)0);
1638 BinaryOperator *New =
1639 BinaryOperator::Create(cast<BinaryOperator>(I)->getOpcode(),
1640 NewOps[0], NewOps[1], "", BO);
1641 if (isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(BO)) {
1642 New->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(BO->hasNoUnsignedWrap());
1643 New->setHasNoSignedWrap(BO->hasNoSignedWrap());
1644 }
1645 if (isa<PossiblyExactOperator>(BO)) {
1646 New->setIsExact(BO->isExact());
1647 }
1648 if (isa<FPMathOperator>(BO))
1649 New->copyFastMathFlags(I);
1650 return New;
1651 }
1652 case Instruction::ICmp:
1653 assert(NewOps.size() == 2 && "icmp with #ops != 2")((void)0);
1654 return new ICmpInst(I, cast<ICmpInst>(I)->getPredicate(),
1655 NewOps[0], NewOps[1]);
1656 case Instruction::FCmp:
1657 assert(NewOps.size() == 2 && "fcmp with #ops != 2")((void)0);
1658 return new FCmpInst(I, cast<FCmpInst>(I)->getPredicate(),
1659 NewOps[0], NewOps[1]);
1660 case Instruction::Trunc:
1661 case Instruction::ZExt:
1662 case Instruction::SExt:
1663 case Instruction::FPToUI:
1664 case Instruction::FPToSI:
1665 case Instruction::UIToFP:
1666 case Instruction::SIToFP:
1667 case Instruction::FPTrunc:
1668 case Instruction::FPExt: {
1669 // It's possible that the mask has a different number of elements from
1670 // the original cast. We recompute the destination type to match the mask.
1671 Type *DestTy = VectorType::get(
1672 I->getType()->getScalarType(),
1673 cast<VectorType>(NewOps[0]->getType())->getElementCount());
1674 assert(NewOps.size() == 1 && "cast with #ops != 1")((void)0);
1675 return CastInst::Create(cast<CastInst>(I)->getOpcode(), NewOps[0], DestTy,
1676 "", I);
1677 }
1678 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
1679 Value *Ptr = NewOps[0];
1680 ArrayRef<Value*> Idx = NewOps.slice(1);
1681 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = GetElementPtrInst::Create(
1682 cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)->getSourceElementType(), Ptr, Idx, "", I);
1683 GEP->setIsInBounds(cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)->isInBounds());
1684 return GEP;
1685 }
1686 }
1687 llvm_unreachable("failed to rebuild vector instructions")__builtin_unreachable();
1688}
1689
1690static Value *evaluateInDifferentElementOrder(Value *V, ArrayRef<int> Mask) {
1691 // Mask.size() does not need to be equal to the number of vector elements.
1692
1693 assert(V->getType()->isVectorTy() && "can't reorder non-vector elements")((void)0);
1694 Type *EltTy = V->getType()->getScalarType();
1695 Type *I32Ty = IntegerType::getInt32Ty(V->getContext());
1696 if (match(V, m_Undef()))
1697 return UndefValue::get(FixedVectorType::get(EltTy, Mask.size()));
1698
1699 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V))
1700 return ConstantAggregateZero::get(FixedVectorType::get(EltTy, Mask.size()));
1701
1702 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
1703 return ConstantExpr::getShuffleVector(C, PoisonValue::get(C->getType()),
1704 Mask);
1705
1706 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
1707 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
1708 case Instruction::Add:
1709 case Instruction::FAdd:
1710 case Instruction::Sub:
1711 case Instruction::FSub:
1712 case Instruction::Mul:
1713 case Instruction::FMul:
1714 case Instruction::UDiv:
1715 case Instruction::SDiv:
1716 case Instruction::FDiv:
1717 case Instruction::URem:
1718 case Instruction::SRem:
1719 case Instruction::FRem:
1720 case Instruction::Shl:
1721 case Instruction::LShr:
1722 case Instruction::AShr:
1723 case Instruction::And:
1724 case Instruction::Or:
1725 case Instruction::Xor:
1726 case Instruction::ICmp:
1727 case Instruction::FCmp:
1728 case Instruction::Trunc:
1729 case Instruction::ZExt:
1730 case Instruction::SExt:
1731 case Instruction::FPToUI:
1732 case Instruction::FPToSI:
1733 case Instruction::UIToFP:
1734 case Instruction::SIToFP:
1735 case Instruction::FPTrunc:
1736 case Instruction::FPExt:
1737 case Instruction::Select:
1738 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
1739 SmallVector<Value*, 8> NewOps;
1740 bool NeedsRebuild =
1741 (Mask.size() !=
1742 cast<FixedVectorType>(I->getType())->getNumElements());
1743 for (int i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1744 Value *V;
1745 // Recursively call evaluateInDifferentElementOrder on vector arguments
1746 // as well. E.g. GetElementPtr may have scalar operands even if the
1747 // return value is a vector, so we need to examine the operand type.
1748 if (I->getOperand(i)->getType()->isVectorTy())
1749 V = evaluateInDifferentElementOrder(I->getOperand(i), Mask);
1750 else
1751 V = I->getOperand(i);
1752 NewOps.push_back(V);
1753 NeedsRebuild |= (V != I->getOperand(i));
1754 }
1755 if (NeedsRebuild) {
1756 return buildNew(I, NewOps);
1757 }
1758 return I;
1759 }
1760 case Instruction::InsertElement: {
1761 int Element = cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(2))->getLimitedValue();
1762
1763 // The insertelement was inserting at Element. Figure out which element
1764 // that becomes after shuffling. The answer is guaranteed to be unique
1765 // by CanEvaluateShuffled.
1766 bool Found = false;
1767 int Index = 0;
1768 for (int e = Mask.size(); Index != e; ++Index) {
1769 if (Mask[Index] == Element) {
1770 Found = true;
1771 break;
1772 }
1773 }
1774
1775 // If element is not in Mask, no need to handle the operand 1 (element to
1776 // be inserted). Just evaluate values in operand 0 according to Mask.
1777 if (!Found)
1778 return evaluateInDifferentElementOrder(I->getOperand(0), Mask);
1779
1780 Value *V = evaluateInDifferentElementOrder(I->getOperand(0), Mask);
1781 return InsertElementInst::Create(V, I->getOperand(1),
1782 ConstantInt::get(I32Ty, Index), "", I);
1783 }
1784 }
1785 llvm_unreachable("failed to reorder elements of vector instruction!")__builtin_unreachable();
1786}
1787
1788// Returns true if the shuffle is extracting a contiguous range of values from
1789// LHS, for example:
1790// +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
1791// Input: |AA|BB|CC|DD|EE|FF|GG|HH|II|JJ|KK|LL|MM|NN|OO|PP|
1792// Shuffles to: |EE|FF|GG|HH|
1793// +--+--+--+--+
1794static bool isShuffleExtractingFromLHS(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI,
1795 ArrayRef<int> Mask) {
1796 unsigned LHSElems =
1797 cast<FixedVectorType>(SVI.getOperand(0)->getType())->getNumElements();
1798 unsigned MaskElems = Mask.size();
1799 unsigned BegIdx = Mask.front();
1800 unsigned EndIdx = Mask.back();
1801 if (BegIdx > EndIdx || EndIdx >= LHSElems || EndIdx - BegIdx != MaskElems - 1)
1802 return false;
1803 for (unsigned I = 0; I != MaskElems; ++I)
1804 if (static_cast<unsigned>(Mask[I]) != BegIdx + I)
1805 return false;
1806 return true;
1807}
1808
1809/// These are the ingredients in an alternate form binary operator as described
1810/// below.
1811struct BinopElts {
1812 BinaryOperator::BinaryOps Opcode;
1813 Value *Op0;
1814 Value *Op1;
1815 BinopElts(BinaryOperator::BinaryOps Opc = (BinaryOperator::BinaryOps)0,
1816 Value *V0 = nullptr, Value *V1 = nullptr) :
1817 Opcode(Opc), Op0(V0), Op1(V1) {}
1818 operator bool() const { return Opcode != 0; }
1819};
1820
1821/// Binops may be transformed into binops with different opcodes and operands.
1822/// Reverse the usual canonicalization to enable folds with the non-canonical
1823/// form of the binop. If a transform is possible, return the elements of the
1824/// new binop. If not, return invalid elements.
1825static BinopElts getAlternateBinop(BinaryOperator *BO, const DataLayout &DL) {
1826 Value *BO0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BO1 = BO->getOperand(1);
1827 Type *Ty = BO->getType();
1828 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
1829 case Instruction::Shl: {
1830 // shl X, C --> mul X, (1 << C)
1831 Constant *C;
1832 if (match(BO1, m_Constant(C))) {
1833 Constant *ShlOne = ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::get(Ty, 1), C);
1834 return { Instruction::Mul, BO0, ShlOne };
1835 }
1836 break;
1837 }
1838 case Instruction::Or: {
1839 // or X, C --> add X, C (when X and C have no common bits set)
1840 const APInt *C;
1841 if (match(BO1, m_APInt(C)) && MaskedValueIsZero(BO0, *C, DL))
1842 return { Instruction::Add, BO0, BO1 };
1843 break;
1844 }
1845 default:
1846 break;
1847 }
1848 return {};
1849}
1850
1851static Instruction *foldSelectShuffleWith1Binop(ShuffleVectorInst &Shuf) {
1852 assert(Shuf.isSelect() && "Must have select-equivalent shuffle")((void)0);
1853
1854 // Are we shuffling together some value and that same value after it has been
1855 // modified by a binop with a constant?
1856 Value *Op0 = Shuf.getOperand(0), *Op1 = Shuf.getOperand(1);
1857 Constant *C;
1858 bool Op0IsBinop;
1859 if (match(Op0, m_BinOp(m_Specific(Op1), m_Constant(C))))
1860 Op0IsBinop = true;
1861 else if (match(Op1, m_BinOp(m_Specific(Op0), m_Constant(C))))
1862 Op0IsBinop = false;
1863 else
1864 return nullptr;
1865
1866 // The identity constant for a binop leaves a variable operand unchanged. For
1867 // a vector, this is a splat of something like 0, -1, or 1.
1868 // If there's no identity constant for this binop, we're done.
1869 auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0IsBinop ? Op0 : Op1);
1870 BinaryOperator::BinaryOps BOpcode = BO->getOpcode();
1871 Constant *IdC = ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(BOpcode, Shuf.getType(), true);
1872 if (!IdC)
1873 return nullptr;
1874
1875 // Shuffle identity constants into the lanes that return the original value.
1876 // Example: shuf (mul X, {-1,-2,-3,-4}), X, {0,5,6,3} --> mul X, {-1,1,1,-4}
1877 // Example: shuf X, (add X, {-1,-2,-3,-4}), {0,1,6,7} --> add X, {0,0,-3,-4}
1878 // The existing binop constant vector remains in the same operand position.
1879 ArrayRef<int> Mask = Shuf.getShuffleMask();
1880 Constant *NewC = Op0IsBinop ? ConstantExpr::getShuffleVector(C, IdC, Mask) :
1881 ConstantExpr::getShuffleVector(IdC, C, Mask);
1882
1883 bool MightCreatePoisonOrUB =
1884 is_contained(Mask, UndefMaskElem) &&
1885 (Instruction::isIntDivRem(BOpcode) || Instruction::isShift(BOpcode));
1886 if (MightCreatePoisonOrUB)
1887 NewC = InstCombiner::getSafeVectorConstantForBinop(BOpcode, NewC, true);
1888
1889 // shuf (bop X, C), X, M --> bop X, C'
1890 // shuf X, (bop X, C), M --> bop X, C'
1891 Value *X = Op0IsBinop ? Op1 : Op0;
1892 Instruction *NewBO = BinaryOperator::Create(BOpcode, X, NewC);
1893 NewBO->copyIRFlags(BO);
1894
1895 // An undef shuffle mask element may propagate as an undef constant element in
1896 // the new binop. That would produce poison where the original code might not.
1897 // If we already made a safe constant, then there's no danger.
1898 if (is_contained(Mask, UndefMaskElem) && !MightCreatePoisonOrUB)
1899 NewBO->dropPoisonGeneratingFlags();
1900 return NewBO;
1901}
1902
1903/// If we have an insert of a scalar to a non-zero element of an undefined
1904/// vector and then shuffle that value, that's the same as inserting to the zero
1905/// element and shuffling. Splatting from the zero element is recognized as the
1906/// canonical form of splat.
1907static Instruction *canonicalizeInsertSplat(ShuffleVectorInst &Shuf,
1908 InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder) {
1909 Value *Op0 = Shuf.getOperand(0), *Op1 = Shuf.getOperand(1);
1910 ArrayRef<int> Mask = Shuf.getShuffleMask();
1911 Value *X;
1912 uint64_t IndexC;
1913
1914 // Match a shuffle that is a splat to a non-zero element.
1915 if (!match(Op0, m_OneUse(m_InsertElt(m_Undef(), m_Value(X),
1916 m_ConstantInt(IndexC)))) ||
1917 !match(Op1, m_Undef()) || match(Mask, m_ZeroMask()) || IndexC == 0)
1918 return nullptr;
1919
1920 // Insert into element 0 of an undef vector.
1921 UndefValue *UndefVec = UndefValue::get(Shuf.getType());
1922 Constant *Zero = Builder.getInt32(0);
1923 Value *NewIns = Builder.CreateInsertElement(UndefVec, X, Zero);
1924
1925 // Splat from element 0. Any mask element that is undefined remains undefined.
1926 // For example:
1927 // shuf (inselt undef, X, 2), undef, <2,2,undef>
1928 // --> shuf (inselt undef, X, 0), undef, <0,0,undef>
1929 unsigned NumMaskElts =
1930 cast<FixedVectorType>(Shuf.getType())->getNumElements();
1931 SmallVector<int, 16> NewMask(NumMaskElts, 0);
1932 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumMaskElts; ++i)
1933 if (Mask[i] == UndefMaskElem)
1934 NewMask[i] = Mask[i];
1935
1936 return new ShuffleVectorInst(NewIns, UndefVec, NewMask);
1937}
1938
1939/// Try to fold shuffles that are the equivalent of a vector select.
1940static Instruction *foldSelectShuffle(ShuffleVectorInst &Shuf,
1941 InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder,
1942 const DataLayout &DL) {
1943 if (!Shuf.isSelect())
1944 return nullptr;
1945
1946 // Canonicalize to choose from operand 0 first unless operand 1 is undefined.
1947 // Commuting undef to operand 0 conflicts with another canonicalization.
1948 unsigned NumElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(Shuf.getType())->getNumElements();
1949 if (!match(Shuf.getOperand(1), m_Undef()) &&
1950 Shuf.getMaskValue(0) >= (int)NumElts) {
1951 // TODO: Can we assert that both operands of a shuffle-select are not undef
1952 // (otherwise, it would have been folded by instsimplify?
1953 Shuf.commute();
1954 return &Shuf;
1955 }
1956
1957 if (Instruction *I = foldSelectShuffleWith1Binop(Shuf))
1958 return I;
1959
1960 BinaryOperator *B0, *B1;
1961 if (!match(Shuf.getOperand(0), m_BinOp(B0)) ||
1962 !match(Shuf.getOperand(1), m_BinOp(B1)))
1963 return nullptr;
1964
1965 Value *X, *Y;
1966 Constant *C0, *C1;
1967 bool ConstantsAreOp1;
1968 if (match(B0, m_BinOp(m_Value(X), m_Constant(C0))) &&
1969 match(B1, m_BinOp(m_Value(Y), m_Constant(C1))))
1970 ConstantsAreOp1 = true;
1971 else if (match(B0, m_BinOp(m_Constant(C0), m_Value(X))) &&
1972 match(B1, m_BinOp(m_Constant(C1), m_Value(Y))))
1973 ConstantsAreOp1 = false;
1974 else
1975 return nullptr;
1976
1977 // We need matching binops to fold the lanes together.
1978 BinaryOperator::BinaryOps Opc0 = B0->getOpcode();
1979 BinaryOperator::BinaryOps Opc1 = B1->getOpcode();
1980 bool DropNSW = false;
1981 if (ConstantsAreOp1 && Opc0 != Opc1) {
1982 // TODO: We drop "nsw" if shift is converted into multiply because it may
1983 // not be correct when the shift amount is BitWidth - 1. We could examine
1984 // each vector element to determine if it is safe to keep that flag.
1985 if (Opc0 == Instruction::Shl || Opc1 == Instruction::Shl)
1986 DropNSW = true;
1987 if (BinopElts AltB0 = getAlternateBinop(B0, DL)) {
1988 assert(isa<Constant>(AltB0.Op1) && "Expecting constant with alt binop")((void)0);
1989 Opc0 = AltB0.Opcode;
1990 C0 = cast<Constant>(AltB0.Op1);
1991 } else if (BinopElts AltB1 = getAlternateBinop(B1, DL)) {
1992 assert(isa<Constant>(AltB1.Op1) && "Expecting constant with alt binop")((void)0);
1993 Opc1 = AltB1.Opcode;
1994 C1 = cast<Constant>(AltB1.Op1);
1995 }
1996 }
1997
1998 if (Opc0 != Opc1)
1999 return nullptr;
2000
2001 // The opcodes must be the same. Use a new name to make that clear.
2002 BinaryOperator::BinaryOps BOpc = Opc0;
2003
2004 // Select the constant elements needed for the single binop.
2005 ArrayRef<int> Mask = Shuf.getShuffleMask();
2006 Constant *NewC = ConstantExpr::getShuffleVector(C0, C1, Mask);
2007
2008 // We are moving a binop after a shuffle. When a shuffle has an undefined
2009 // mask element, the result is undefined, but it is not poison or undefined
2010 // behavior. That is not necessarily true for div/rem/shift.
2011 bool MightCreatePoisonOrUB =
2012 is_contained(Mask, UndefMaskElem) &&
2013 (Instruction::isIntDivRem(BOpc) || Instruction::isShift(BOpc));
2014 if (MightCreatePoisonOrUB)
2015 NewC = InstCombiner::getSafeVectorConstantForBinop(BOpc, NewC,
2016 ConstantsAreOp1);
2017
2018 Value *V;
2019 if (X == Y) {
2020 // Remove a binop and the shuffle by rearranging the constant:
2021 // shuffle (op V, C0), (op V, C1), M --> op V, C'
2022 // shuffle (op C0, V), (op C1, V), M --> op C', V
2023 V = X;
2024 } else {
2025 // If there are 2 different variable operands, we must create a new shuffle
2026 // (select) first, so check uses to ensure that we don't end up with more
2027 // instructions than we started with.
2028 if (!B0->hasOneUse() && !B1->hasOneUse())
2029 return nullptr;
2030
2031 // If we use the original shuffle mask and op1 is *variable*, we would be
2032 // putting an undef into operand 1 of div/rem/shift. This is either UB or
2033 // poison. We do not have to guard against UB when *constants* are op1
2034 // because safe constants guarantee that we do not overflow sdiv/srem (and
2035 // there's no danger for other opcodes).
2036 // TODO: To allow this case, create a new shuffle mask with no undefs.
2037 if (MightCreatePoisonOrUB && !ConstantsAreOp1)
2038 return nullptr;
2039
2040 // Note: In general, we do not create new shuffles in InstCombine because we
2041 // do not know if a target can lower an arbitrary shuffle optimally. In this
2042 // case, the shuffle uses the existing mask, so there is no additional risk.
2043
2044 // Select the variable vectors first, then perform the binop:
2045 // shuffle (op X, C0), (op Y, C1), M --> op (shuffle X, Y, M), C'
2046 // shuffle (op C0, X), (op C1, Y), M --> op C', (shuffle X, Y, M)
2047 V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(X, Y, Mask);
2048 }
2049
2050 Instruction *NewBO = ConstantsAreOp1 ? BinaryOperator::Create(BOpc, V, NewC) :
2051 BinaryOperator::Create(BOpc, NewC, V);
2052
2053 // Flags are intersected from the 2 source binops. But there are 2 exceptions:
2054 // 1. If we changed an opcode, poison conditions might have changed.
2055 // 2. If the shuffle had undef mask elements, the new binop might have undefs
2056 // where the original code did not. But if we already made a safe constant,
2057 // then there's no danger.
2058 NewBO->copyIRFlags(B0);
2059 NewBO->andIRFlags(B1);
2060 if (DropNSW)
2061 NewBO->setHasNoSignedWrap(false);
2062 if (is_contained(Mask, UndefMaskElem) && !MightCreatePoisonOrUB)
2063 NewBO->dropPoisonGeneratingFlags();
2064 return NewBO;
2065}
2066
2067/// Convert a narrowing shuffle of a bitcasted vector into a vector truncate.
2068/// Example (little endian):
2069/// shuf (bitcast <4 x i16> X to <8 x i8>), <0, 2, 4, 6> --> trunc X to <4 x i8>
2070static Instruction *foldTruncShuffle(ShuffleVectorInst &Shuf,
2071 bool IsBigEndian) {
2072 // This must be a bitcasted shuffle of 1 vector integer operand.
2073 Type *DestType = Shuf.getType();
2074 Value *X;
2075 if (!match(Shuf.getOperand(0), m_BitCast(m_Value(X))) ||
2076 !match(Shuf.getOperand(1), m_Undef()) || !DestType->isIntOrIntVectorTy())
2077 return nullptr;
2078
2079 // The source type must have the same number of elements as the shuffle,
2080 // and the source element type must be larger than the shuffle element type.
2081 Type *SrcType = X->getType();
2082 if (!SrcType->isVectorTy() || !SrcType->isIntOrIntVectorTy() ||
2083 cast<FixedVectorType>(SrcType)->getNumElements() !=
2084 cast<FixedVectorType>(DestType)->getNumElements() ||
2085 SrcType->getScalarSizeInBits() % DestType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 0)
2086 return nullptr;
2087
2088 assert(Shuf.changesLength() && !Shuf.increasesLength() &&((void)0)
2089 "Expected a shuffle that decreases length")((void)0);
2090
2091 // Last, check that the mask chooses the correct low bits for each narrow
2092 // element in the result.
2093 uint64_t TruncRatio =
2094 SrcType->getScalarSizeInBits() / DestType->getScalarSizeInBits();
2095 ArrayRef<int> Mask = Shuf.getShuffleMask();
2096 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2097 if (Mask[i] == UndefMaskElem)
2098 continue;
2099 uint64_t LSBIndex = IsBigEndian ? (i + 1) * TruncRatio - 1 : i * TruncRatio;
2100 assert(LSBIndex <= INT32_MAX && "Overflowed 32-bits")((void)0);
2101 if (Mask[i] != (int)LSBIndex)
2102 return nullptr;
2103 }
2104
2105 return new TruncInst(X, DestType);
2106}
2107
2108/// Match a shuffle-select-shuffle pattern where the shuffles are widening and
2109/// narrowing (concatenating with undef and extracting back to the original
2110/// length). This allows replacing the wide select with a narrow select.
2111static Instruction *narrowVectorSelect(ShuffleVectorInst &Shuf,
2112 InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder) {
2113 // This must be a narrowing identity shuffle. It extracts the 1st N elements
2114 // of the 1st vector operand of a shuffle.
2115 if (!match(Shuf.getOperand(1), m_Undef()) || !Shuf.isIdentityWithExtract())
2116 return nullptr;
2117
2118 // The vector being shuffled must be a vector select that we can eliminate.
2119 // TODO: The one-use requirement could be eased if X and/or Y are constants.
2120 Value *Cond, *X, *Y;
2121 if (!match(Shuf.getOperand(0),
2122 m_OneUse(m_Select(m_Value(Cond), m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))))
2123 return nullptr;
2124
2125 // We need a narrow condition value. It must be extended with undef elements
2126 // and have the same number of elements as this shuffle.
2127 unsigned NarrowNumElts =
2128 cast<FixedVectorType>(Shuf.getType())->getNumElements();
2129 Value *NarrowCond;
2130 if (!match(Cond, m_OneUse(m_Shuffle(m_Value(NarrowCond), m_Undef()))) ||
2131 cast<FixedVectorType>(NarrowCond->getType())->getNumElements() !=
2132 NarrowNumElts ||
2133 !cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(Cond)->isIdentityWithPadding())
2134 return nullptr;
2135
2136 // shuf (sel (shuf NarrowCond, undef, WideMask), X, Y), undef, NarrowMask) -->
2137 // sel NarrowCond, (shuf X, undef, NarrowMask), (shuf Y, undef, NarrowMask)
2138 Value *NarrowX = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(X, Shuf.getShuffleMask());
2139 Value *NarrowY = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(Y, Shuf.getShuffleMask());
2140 return SelectInst::Create(NarrowCond, NarrowX, NarrowY);
2141}
2142
2143/// Try to fold an extract subvector operation.
2144static Instruction *foldIdentityExtractShuffle(ShuffleVectorInst &Shuf) {
2145 Value *Op0 = Shuf.getOperand(0), *Op1 = Shuf.getOperand(1);
2146 if (!Shuf.isIdentityWithExtract() || !match(Op1, m_Undef()))
2147 return nullptr;
2148
2149 // Check if we are extracting all bits of an inserted scalar:
2150 // extract-subvec (bitcast (inselt ?, X, 0) --> bitcast X to subvec type
2151 Value *X;
2152 if (match(Op0, m_BitCast(m_InsertElt(m_Value(), m_Value(X), m_Zero()))) &&
2153 X->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
2154 Shuf.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
2155 return new BitCastInst(X, Shuf.getType());
2156
2157 // Try to combine 2 shuffles into 1 shuffle by concatenating a shuffle mask.
2158 Value *Y;
2159 ArrayRef<int> Mask;
2160 if (!match(Op0, m_Shuffle(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y), m_Mask(Mask))))
2161 return nullptr;
2162
2163 // Be conservative with shuffle transforms. If we can't kill the 1st shuffle,
2164 // then combining may result in worse codegen.
2165 if (!Op0->hasOneUse())
2166 return nullptr;
2167
2168 // We are extracting a subvector from a shuffle. Remove excess elements from
2169 // the 1st shuffle mask to eliminate the extract.
2170 //
2171 // This transform is conservatively limited to identity extracts because we do
2172 // not allow arbitrary shuffle mask creation as a target-independent transform
2173 // (because we can't guarantee that will lower efficiently).
2174 //
2175 // If the extracting shuffle has an undef mask element, it transfers to the
2176 // new shuffle mask. Otherwise, copy the original mask element. Example:
2177 // shuf (shuf X, Y, <C0, C1, C2, undef, C4>), undef, <0, undef, 2, 3> -->
2178 // shuf X, Y, <C0, undef, C2, undef>
2179 unsigned NumElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(Shuf.getType())->getNumElements();
2180 SmallVector<int, 16> NewMask(NumElts);
2181 assert(NumElts < Mask.size() &&((void)0)
2182 "Identity with extract must have less elements than its inputs")((void)0);
2183
2184 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2185 int ExtractMaskElt = Shuf.getMaskValue(i);
2186 int MaskElt = Mask[i];
2187 NewMask[i] = ExtractMaskElt == UndefMaskElem ? ExtractMaskElt : MaskElt;
2188 }
2189 return new ShuffleVectorInst(X, Y, NewMask);
2190}
2191
2192/// Try to replace a shuffle with an insertelement or try to replace a shuffle
2193/// operand with the operand of an insertelement.
2194static Instruction *foldShuffleWithInsert(ShuffleVectorInst &Shuf,
2195 InstCombinerImpl &IC) {
2196 Value *V0 = Shuf.getOperand(0), *V1 = Shuf.getOperand(1);
2197 SmallVector<int, 16> Mask;
2198 Shuf.getShuffleMask(Mask);
2199
2200 // The shuffle must not change vector sizes.
2201 // TODO: This restriction could be removed if the insert has only one use
2202 // (because the transform would require a new length-changing shuffle).
2203 int NumElts = Mask.size();
2204 if (NumElts != (int)(cast<FixedVectorType>(V0->getType())->getNumElements()))
2205 return nullptr;
2206
2207 // This is a specialization of a fold in SimplifyDemandedVectorElts. We may
2208 // not be able to handle it there if the insertelement has >1 use.
2209 // If the shuffle has an insertelement operand but does not choose the
2210 // inserted scalar element from that value, then we can replace that shuffle
2211 // operand with the source vector of the insertelement.
2212 Value *X;
2213 uint64_t IdxC;
2214 if (match(V0, m_InsertElt(m_Value(X), m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(IdxC)))) {
2215 // shuf (inselt X, ?, IdxC), ?, Mask --> shuf X, ?, Mask
2216 if (!is_contained(Mask, (int)IdxC))
2217 return IC.replaceOperand(Shuf, 0, X);
2218 }
2219 if (match(V1, m_InsertElt(m_Value(X), m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(IdxC)))) {
2220 // Offset the index constant by the vector width because we are checking for
2221 // accesses to the 2nd vector input of the shuffle.
2222 IdxC += NumElts;
2223 // shuf ?, (inselt X, ?, IdxC), Mask --> shuf ?, X, Mask
2224 if (!is_contained(Mask, (int)IdxC))
2225 return IC.replaceOperand(Shuf, 1, X);
2226 }
2227
2228 // shuffle (insert ?, Scalar, IndexC), V1, Mask --> insert V1, Scalar, IndexC'
2229 auto isShufflingScalarIntoOp1 = [&](Value *&Scalar, ConstantInt *&IndexC) {
2230 // We need an insertelement with a constant index.
2231 if (!match(V0, m_InsertElt(m_Value(), m_Value(Scalar),
2232 m_ConstantInt(IndexC))))
2233 return false;
2234
2235 // Test the shuffle mask to see if it splices the inserted scalar into the
2236 // operand 1 vector of the shuffle.
2237 int NewInsIndex = -1;
2238 for (int i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2239 // Ignore undef mask elements.
2240 if (Mask[i] == -1)
2241 continue;
2242
2243 // The shuffle takes elements of operand 1 without lane changes.
2244 if (Mask[i] == NumElts + i)
2245 continue;
2246
2247 // The shuffle must choose the inserted scalar exactly once.
2248 if (NewInsIndex != -1 || Mask[i] != IndexC->getSExtValue())
2249 return false;
2250
2251 // The shuffle is placing the inserted scalar into element i.
2252 NewInsIndex = i;
2253 }
2254
2255 assert(NewInsIndex != -1 && "Did not fold shuffle with unused operand?")((void)0);
2256
2257 // Index is updated to the potentially translated insertion lane.
2258 IndexC = ConstantInt::get(IndexC->getType(), NewInsIndex);
2259 return true;
2260 };
2261
2262 // If the shuffle is unnecessary, insert the scalar operand directly into
2263 // operand 1 of the shuffle. Example:
2264 // shuffle (insert ?, S, 1), V1, <1, 5, 6, 7> --> insert V1, S, 0
2265 Value *Scalar;
2266 ConstantInt *IndexC;
2267 if (isShufflingScalarIntoOp1(Scalar, IndexC))
2268 return InsertElementInst::Create(V1, Scalar, IndexC);
2269
2270 // Try again after commuting shuffle. Example:
2271 // shuffle V0, (insert ?, S, 0), <0, 1, 2, 4> -->
2272 // shuffle (insert ?, S, 0), V0, <4, 5, 6, 0> --> insert V0, S, 3
2273 std::swap(V0, V1);
2274 ShuffleVectorInst::commuteShuffleMask(Mask, NumElts);
2275 if (isShufflingScalarIntoOp1(Scalar, IndexC))
2276 return InsertElementInst::Create(V1, Scalar, IndexC);
2277
2278 return nullptr;
2279}
2280
2281static Instruction *foldIdentityPaddedShuffles(ShuffleVectorInst &Shuf) {
2282 // Match the operands as identity with padding (also known as concatenation
2283 // with undef) shuffles of the same source type. The backend is expected to
2284 // recreate these concatenations from a shuffle of narrow operands.
2285 auto *Shuffle0 = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(Shuf.getOperand(0));
2286 auto *Shuffle1 = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(Shuf.getOperand(1));
2287 if (!Shuffle0 || !Shuffle0->isIdentityWithPadding() ||
2288 !Shuffle1 || !Shuffle1->isIdentityWithPadding())
2289 return nullptr;
2290
2291 // We limit this transform to power-of-2 types because we expect that the
2292 // backend can convert the simplified IR patterns to identical nodes as the
2293 // original IR.
2294 // TODO: If we can verify the same behavior for arbitrary types, the
2295 // power-of-2 checks can be removed.
2296 Value *X = Shuffle0->getOperand(0);
2297 Value *Y = Shuffle1->getOperand(0);
2298 if (X->getType() != Y->getType() ||
2299 !isPowerOf2_32(cast<FixedVectorType>(Shuf.getType())->getNumElements()) ||
2300 !isPowerOf2_32(
2301 cast<FixedVectorType>(Shuffle0->getType())->getNumElements()) ||
2302 !isPowerOf2_32(cast<FixedVectorType>(X->getType())->getNumElements()) ||
2303 match(X, m_Undef()) || match(Y, m_Undef()))
2304 return nullptr;
2305 assert(match(Shuffle0->getOperand(1), m_Undef()) &&((void)0)
2306 match(Shuffle1->getOperand(1), m_Undef()) &&((void)0)
2307 "Unexpected operand for identity shuffle")((void)0);
2308
2309 // This is a shuffle of 2 widening shuffles. We can shuffle the narrow source
2310 // operands directly by adjusting the shuffle mask to account for the narrower
2311 // types:
2312 // shuf (widen X), (widen Y), Mask --> shuf X, Y, Mask'
2313 int NarrowElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(X->getType())->getNumElements();
2314 int WideElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(Shuffle0->getType())->getNumElements();
2315 assert(WideElts > NarrowElts && "Unexpected types for identity with padding")((void)0);
2316
2317 ArrayRef<int> Mask = Shuf.getShuffleMask();
2318 SmallVector<int, 16> NewMask(Mask.size(), -1);
2319 for (int i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2320 if (Mask[i] == -1)
2321 continue;
2322
2323 // If this shuffle is choosing an undef element from 1 of the sources, that
2324 // element is undef.
2325 if (Mask[i] < WideElts) {
2326 if (Shuffle0->getMaskValue(Mask[i]) == -1)
2327 continue;
2328 } else {
2329 if (Shuffle1->getMaskValue(Mask[i] - WideElts) == -1)
2330 continue;
2331 }
2332
2333 // If this shuffle is choosing from the 1st narrow op, the mask element is
2334 // the same. If this shuffle is choosing from the 2nd narrow op, the mask
2335 // element is offset down to adjust for the narrow vector widths.
2336 if (Mask[i] < WideElts) {
2337 assert(Mask[i] < NarrowElts && "Unexpected shuffle mask")((void)0);
2338 NewMask[i] = Mask[i];
2339 } else {
2340 assert(Mask[i] < (WideElts + NarrowElts) && "Unexpected shuffle mask")((void)0);
2341 NewMask[i] = Mask[i] - (WideElts - NarrowElts);
2342 }
2343 }
2344 return new ShuffleVectorInst(X, Y, NewMask);
2345}
2346
2347Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI) {
2348 Value *LHS = SVI.getOperand(0);
2349 Value *RHS = SVI.getOperand(1);
2350 SimplifyQuery ShufQuery = SQ.getWithInstruction(&SVI);
2351 if (auto *V = SimplifyShuffleVectorInst(LHS, RHS, SVI.getShuffleMask(),
2352 SVI.getType(), ShufQuery))
2353 return replaceInstUsesWith(SVI, V);
2354
2355 // Bail out for scalable vectors
2356 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(LHS->getType()))
2357 return nullptr;
2358
2359 unsigned VWidth = cast<FixedVectorType>(SVI.getType())->getNumElements();
2360 unsigned LHSWidth = cast<FixedVectorType>(LHS->getType())->getNumElements();
2361
2362 // shuffle (bitcast X), (bitcast Y), Mask --> bitcast (shuffle X, Y, Mask)
2363 //
2364 // if X and Y are of the same (vector) type, and the element size is not
2365 // changed by the bitcasts, we can distribute the bitcasts through the
2366 // shuffle, hopefully reducing the number of instructions. We make sure that
2367 // at least one bitcast only has one use, so we don't *increase* the number of
2368 // instructions here.
2369 Value *X, *Y;
2370 if (match(LHS, m_BitCast(m_Value(X))) && match(RHS, m_BitCast(m_Value(Y))) &&
2371 X->getType()->isVectorTy() && X->getType() == Y->getType() &&
2372 X->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() ==
2373 SVI.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() &&
2374 (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse())) {
2375 Value *V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(X, Y, SVI.getShuffleMask(),
2376 SVI.getName() + ".uncasted");
2377 return new BitCastInst(V, SVI.getType());
2378 }
2379
2380 ArrayRef<int> Mask = SVI.getShuffleMask();
2381 Type *Int32Ty = Type::getInt32Ty(SVI.getContext());
2382
2383 // Peek through a bitcasted shuffle operand by scaling the mask. If the
2384 // simulated shuffle can simplify, then this shuffle is unnecessary:
2385 // shuf (bitcast X), undef, Mask --> bitcast X'
2386 // TODO: This could be extended to allow length-changing shuffles.
2387 // The transform might also be obsoleted if we allowed canonicalization
2388 // of bitcasted shuffles.
2389 if (match(LHS, m_BitCast(m_Value(X))) && match(RHS, m_Undef()) &&
2390 X->getType()->isVectorTy() && VWidth == LHSWidth) {
2391 // Try to create a scaled mask constant.
2392 auto *XType = cast<FixedVectorType>(X->getType());
2393 unsigned XNumElts = XType->getNumElements();
2394 SmallVector<int, 16> ScaledMask;
2395 if (XNumElts >= VWidth) {
2396 assert(XNumElts % VWidth == 0 && "Unexpected vector bitcast")((void)0);
2397 narrowShuffleMaskElts(XNumElts / VWidth, Mask, ScaledMask);
2398 } else {
2399 assert(VWidth % XNumElts == 0 && "Unexpected vector bitcast")((void)0);
2400 if (!widenShuffleMaskElts(VWidth / XNumElts, Mask, ScaledMask))
2401 ScaledMask.clear();
2402 }
2403 if (!ScaledMask.empty()) {
2404 // If the shuffled source vector simplifies, cast that value to this
2405 // shuffle's type.
2406 if (auto *V = SimplifyShuffleVectorInst(X, UndefValue::get(XType),
2407 ScaledMask, XType, ShufQuery))
2408 return BitCastInst::Create(Instruction::BitCast, V, SVI.getType());
2409 }
2410 }
2411
2412 // shuffle x, x, mask --> shuffle x, undef, mask'
2413 if (LHS == RHS) {
2414 assert(!match(RHS, m_Undef()) &&((void)0)
2415 "Shuffle with 2 undef ops not simplified?")((void)0);
2416 // Remap any references to RHS to use LHS.
2417 SmallVector<int, 16> Elts;
2418 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VWidth; ++i) {
2419 // Propagate undef elements or force mask to LHS.
2420 if (Mask[i] < 0)
2421 Elts.push_back(UndefMaskElem);
2422 else
2423 Elts.push_back(Mask[i] % LHSWidth);
2424 }
2425 return new ShuffleVectorInst(LHS, UndefValue::get(RHS->getType()), Elts);
2426 }
2427
2428 // shuffle undef, x, mask --> shuffle x, undef, mask'
2429 if (match(LHS, m_Undef())) {
2430 SVI.commute();
2431 return &SVI;
2432 }
2433
2434 if (Instruction *I = canonicalizeInsertSplat(SVI, Builder))
2435 return I;
2436
2437 if (Instruction *I = foldSelectShuffle(SVI, Builder, DL))
2438 return I;
2439
2440 if (Instruction *I = foldTruncShuffle(SVI, DL.isBigEndian()))
2441 return I;
2442
2443 if (Instruction *I = narrowVectorSelect(SVI, Builder))
2444 return I;
2445
2446 APInt UndefElts(VWidth, 0);
2447 APInt AllOnesEltMask(APInt::getAllOnesValue(VWidth));
2448 if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(&SVI, AllOnesEltMask, UndefElts)) {
2449 if (V != &SVI)
2450 return replaceInstUsesWith(SVI, V);
2451 return &SVI;
2452 }
2453
2454 if (Instruction *I = foldIdentityExtractShuffle(SVI))
2455 return I;
2456
2457 // These transforms have the potential to lose undef knowledge, so they are
2458 // intentionally placed after SimplifyDemandedVectorElts().
2459 if (Instruction *I = foldShuffleWithInsert(SVI, *this))
2460 return I;
2461 if (Instruction *I = foldIdentityPaddedShuffles(SVI))
2462 return I;
2463
2464 if (match(RHS, m_Undef()) && canEvaluateShuffled(LHS, Mask)) {
2465 Value *V = evaluateInDifferentElementOrder(LHS, Mask);
2466 return replaceInstUsesWith(SVI, V);
2467 }
2468
2469 // SROA generates shuffle+bitcast when the extracted sub-vector is bitcast to
2470 // a non-vector type. We can instead bitcast the original vector followed by
2471 // an extract of the desired element:
2472 //
2473 // %sroa = shufflevector <16 x i8> %in, <16 x i8> undef,
2474 // <4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3>
2475 // %1 = bitcast <4 x i8> %sroa to i32
2476 // Becomes:
2477 // %bc = bitcast <16 x i8> %in to <4 x i32>
2478 // %ext = extractelement <4 x i32> %bc, i32 0
2479 //
2480 // If the shuffle is extracting a contiguous range of values from the input
2481 // vector then each use which is a bitcast of the extracted size can be
2482 // replaced. This will work if the vector types are compatible, and the begin
2483 // index is aligned to a value in the casted vector type. If the begin index
2484 // isn't aligned then we can shuffle the original vector (keeping the same
2485 // vector type) before extracting.
2486 //
2487 // This code will bail out if the target type is fundamentally incompatible
2488 // with vectors of the source type.
2489 //
2490 // Example of <16 x i8>, target type i32:
2491 // Index range [4,8): v-----------v Will work.
2492 // +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
2493 // <16 x i8>: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
2494 // <4 x i32>: | | | | |
2495 // +-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
2496 // Index range [6,10): ^-----------^ Needs an extra shuffle.
2497 // Target type i40: ^--------------^ Won't work, bail.
2498 bool MadeChange = false;
2499 if (isShuffleExtractingFromLHS(SVI, Mask)) {
2500 Value *V = LHS;
2501 unsigned MaskElems = Mask.size();
2502 auto *SrcTy = cast<FixedVectorType>(V->getType());
2503 unsigned VecBitWidth = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits().getFixedSize();
2504 unsigned SrcElemBitWidth = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy->getElementType());
2505 assert(SrcElemBitWidth && "vector elements must have a bitwidth")((void)0);
2506 unsigned SrcNumElems = SrcTy->getNumElements();
2507 SmallVector<BitCastInst *, 8> BCs;
2508 DenseMap<Type *, Value *> NewBCs;
2509 for (User *U : SVI.users())
2510 if (BitCastInst *BC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(U))
2511 if (!BC->use_empty())
2512 // Only visit bitcasts that weren't previously handled.
2513 BCs.push_back(BC);
2514 for (BitCastInst *BC : BCs) {
2515 unsigned BegIdx = Mask.front();
2516 Type *TgtTy = BC->getDestTy();
2517 unsigned TgtElemBitWidth = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(TgtTy);
2518 if (!TgtElemBitWidth)
2519 continue;
2520 unsigned TgtNumElems = VecBitWidth / TgtElemBitWidth;
2521 bool VecBitWidthsEqual = VecBitWidth == TgtNumElems * TgtElemBitWidth;
2522 bool BegIsAligned = 0 == ((SrcElemBitWidth * BegIdx) % TgtElemBitWidth);
2523 if (!VecBitWidthsEqual)
2524 continue;
2525 if (!VectorType::isValidElementType(TgtTy))
2526 continue;
2527 auto *CastSrcTy = FixedVectorType::get(TgtTy, TgtNumElems);
2528 if (!BegIsAligned) {
2529 // Shuffle the input so [0,NumElements) contains the output, and
2530 // [NumElems,SrcNumElems) is undef.
2531 SmallVector<int, 16> ShuffleMask(SrcNumElems, -1);
2532 for (unsigned I = 0, E = MaskElems, Idx = BegIdx; I != E; ++Idx, ++I)
2533 ShuffleMask[I] = Idx;
2534 V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, ShuffleMask,
2535 SVI.getName() + ".extract");
2536 BegIdx = 0;
2537 }
2538 unsigned SrcElemsPerTgtElem = TgtElemBitWidth / SrcElemBitWidth;
2539 assert(SrcElemsPerTgtElem)((void)0);
2540 BegIdx /= SrcElemsPerTgtElem;
2541 bool BCAlreadyExists = NewBCs.find(CastSrcTy) != NewBCs.end();
2542 auto *NewBC =
2543 BCAlreadyExists
2544 ? NewBCs[CastSrcTy]
2545 : Builder.CreateBitCast(V, CastSrcTy, SVI.getName() + ".bc");
2546 if (!BCAlreadyExists)
2547 NewBCs[CastSrcTy] = NewBC;
2548 auto *Ext = Builder.CreateExtractElement(
2549 NewBC, ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, BegIdx), SVI.getName() + ".extract");
2550 // The shufflevector isn't being replaced: the bitcast that used it
2551 // is. InstCombine will visit the newly-created instructions.
2552 replaceInstUsesWith(*BC, Ext);
2553 MadeChange = true;
2554 }
2555 }
2556
2557 // If the LHS is a shufflevector itself, see if we can combine it with this
2558 // one without producing an unusual shuffle.
2559 // Cases that might be simplified:
2560 // 1.
2561 // x1=shuffle(v1,v2,mask1)
2562 // x=shuffle(x1,undef,mask)
2563 // ==>
2564 // x=shuffle(v1,undef,newMask)
2565 // newMask[i] = (mask[i] < x1.size()) ? mask1[mask[i]] : -1
2566 // 2.
2567 // x1=shuffle(v1,undef,mask1)
2568 // x=shuffle(x1,x2,mask)
2569 // where v1.size() == mask1.size()
2570 // ==>
2571 // x=shuffle(v1,x2,newMask)
2572 // newMask[i] = (mask[i] < x1.size()) ? mask1[mask[i]] : mask[i]
2573 // 3.
2574 // x2=shuffle(v2,undef,mask2)
2575 // x=shuffle(x1,x2,mask)
2576 // where v2.size() == mask2.size()
2577 // ==>
2578 // x=shuffle(x1,v2,newMask)
2579 // newMask[i] = (mask[i] < x1.size())
2580 // ? mask[i] : mask2[mask[i]-x1.size()]+x1.size()
2581 // 4.
2582 // x1=shuffle(v1,undef,mask1)
2583 // x2=shuffle(v2,undef,mask2)
2584 // x=shuffle(x1,x2,mask)
2585 // where v1.size() == v2.size()
2586 // ==>
2587 // x=shuffle(v1,v2,newMask)
2588 // newMask[i] = (mask[i] < x1.size())
2589 // ? mask1[mask[i]] : mask2[mask[i]-x1.size()]+v1.size()
2590 //
2591 // Here we are really conservative:
2592 // we are absolutely afraid of producing a shuffle mask not in the input
2593 // program, because the code gen may not be smart enough to turn a merged
2594 // shuffle into two specific shuffles: it may produce worse code. As such,
2595 // we only merge two shuffles if the result is either a splat or one of the
2596 // input shuffle masks. In this case, merging the shuffles just removes
2597 // one instruction, which we know is safe. This is good for things like
2598 // turning: (splat(splat)) -> splat, or
2599 // merge(V[0..n], V[n+1..2n]) -> V[0..2n]
2600 ShuffleVectorInst* LHSShuffle = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(LHS);
2601 ShuffleVectorInst* RHSShuffle = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(RHS);
2602 if (LHSShuffle)
2603 if (!match(LHSShuffle->getOperand(1), m_Undef()) && !match(RHS, m_Undef()))
2604 LHSShuffle = nullptr;
2605 if (RHSShuffle)
2606 if (!match(RHSShuffle->getOperand(1), m_Undef()))
2607 RHSShuffle = nullptr;
2608 if (!LHSShuffle && !RHSShuffle)
2609 return MadeChange ? &SVI : nullptr;
2610
2611 Value* LHSOp0 = nullptr;
2612 Value* LHSOp1 = nullptr;
2613 Value* RHSOp0 = nullptr;
2614 unsigned LHSOp0Width = 0;
2615 unsigned RHSOp0Width = 0;
2616 if (LHSShuffle) {
2617 LHSOp0 = LHSShuffle->getOperand(0);
2618 LHSOp1 = LHSShuffle->getOperand(1);
2619 LHSOp0Width = cast<FixedVectorType>(LHSOp0->getType())->getNumElements();
2620 }
2621 if (RHSShuffle) {
2622 RHSOp0 = RHSShuffle->getOperand(0);
2623 RHSOp0Width = cast<FixedVectorType>(RHSOp0->getType())->getNumElements();
2624 }
2625 Value* newLHS = LHS;
2626 Value* newRHS = RHS;
2627 if (LHSShuffle) {
2628 // case 1
2629 if (match(RHS, m_Undef())) {
2630 newLHS = LHSOp0;
2631 newRHS = LHSOp1;
2632 }
2633 // case 2 or 4
2634 else if (LHSOp0Width == LHSWidth) {
2635 newLHS = LHSOp0;
2636 }
2637 }
2638 // case 3 or 4
2639 if (RHSShuffle && RHSOp0Width == LHSWidth) {
2640 newRHS = RHSOp0;
2641 }
2642 // case 4
2643 if (LHSOp0 == RHSOp0) {
2644 newLHS = LHSOp0;
2645 newRHS = nullptr;
2646 }
2647
2648 if (newLHS == LHS && newRHS == RHS)
2649 return MadeChange ? &SVI : nullptr;
2650
2651 ArrayRef<int> LHSMask;
2652 ArrayRef<int> RHSMask;
2653 if (newLHS != LHS)
2654 LHSMask = LHSShuffle->getShuffleMask();
2655 if (RHSShuffle && newRHS != RHS)
2656 RHSMask = RHSShuffle->getShuffleMask();
2657
2658 unsigned newLHSWidth = (newLHS != LHS) ? LHSOp0Width : LHSWidth;
2659 SmallVector<int, 16> newMask;
2660 bool isSplat = true;
2661 int SplatElt = -1;
2662 // Create a new mask for the new ShuffleVectorInst so that the new
2663 // ShuffleVectorInst is equivalent to the original one.
2664 for (unsigned i = 0; i < VWidth; ++i) {
2665 int eltMask;
2666 if (Mask[i] < 0) {
2667 // This element is an undef value.
2668 eltMask = -1;
2669 } else if (Mask[i] < (int)LHSWidth) {
2670 // This element is from left hand side vector operand.
2671 //
2672 // If LHS is going to be replaced (case 1, 2, or 4), calculate the
2673 // new mask value for the element.
2674 if (newLHS != LHS) {
2675 eltMask = LHSMask[Mask[i]];
2676 // If the value selected is an undef value, explicitly specify it
2677 // with a -1 mask value.
2678 if (eltMask >= (int)LHSOp0Width && isa<UndefValue>(LHSOp1))
2679 eltMask = -1;
2680 } else
2681 eltMask = Mask[i];
2682 } else {
2683 // This element is from right hand side vector operand
2684 //
2685 // If the value selected is an undef value, explicitly specify it
2686 // with a -1 mask value. (case 1)
2687 if (match(RHS, m_Undef()))
2688 eltMask = -1;
2689 // If RHS is going to be replaced (case 3 or 4), calculate the
2690 // new mask value for the element.
2691 else if (newRHS != RHS) {
2692 eltMask = RHSMask[Mask[i]-LHSWidth];
2693 // If the value selected is an undef value, explicitly specify it
2694 // with a -1 mask value.
2695 if (eltMask >= (int)RHSOp0Width) {
2696 assert(match(RHSShuffle->getOperand(1), m_Undef()) &&((void)0)
2697 "should have been check above")((void)0);
2698 eltMask = -1;
2699 }
2700 } else
2701 eltMask = Mask[i]-LHSWidth;
2702
2703 // If LHS's width is changed, shift the mask value accordingly.
2704 // If newRHS == nullptr, i.e. LHSOp0 == RHSOp0, we want to remap any
2705 // references from RHSOp0 to LHSOp0, so we don't need to shift the mask.
2706 // If newRHS == newLHS, we want to remap any references from newRHS to
2707 // newLHS so that we can properly identify splats that may occur due to
2708 // obfuscation across the two vectors.
2709 if (eltMask >= 0 && newRHS != nullptr && newLHS != newRHS)
2710 eltMask += newLHSWidth;
2711 }
2712
2713 // Check if this could still be a splat.
2714 if (eltMask >= 0) {
2715 if (SplatElt >= 0 && SplatElt != eltMask)
2716 isSplat = false;
2717 SplatElt = eltMask;
2718 }
2719
2720 newMask.push_back(eltMask);
2721 }
2722
2723 // If the result mask is equal to one of the original shuffle masks,
2724 // or is a splat, do the replacement.
2725 if (isSplat || newMask == LHSMask || newMask == RHSMask || newMask == Mask) {
2726 if (!newRHS)
2727 newRHS = UndefValue::get(newLHS->getType());
2728 return new ShuffleVectorInst(newLHS, newRHS, newMask);
2729 }
2730
2731 return MadeChange ? &SVI : nullptr;
2732}

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h

1//===- llvm/DerivedTypes.h - Classes for handling data types ----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file contains the declarations of classes that represent "derived
10// types". These are things like "arrays of x" or "structure of x, y, z" or
11// "function returning x taking (y,z) as parameters", etc...
12//
13// The implementations of these classes live in the Type.cpp file.
14//
15//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
16
17#ifndef LLVM_IR_DERIVEDTYPES_H
18#define LLVM_IR_DERIVEDTYPES_H
19
20#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
21#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
22#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
23#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
24#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
25#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
26#include "llvm/Support/TypeSize.h"
27#include <cassert>
28#include <cstdint>
29
30namespace llvm {
31
32class Value;
33class APInt;
34class LLVMContext;
35
36/// Class to represent integer types. Note that this class is also used to
37/// represent the built-in integer types: Int1Ty, Int8Ty, Int16Ty, Int32Ty and
38/// Int64Ty.
39/// Integer representation type
40class IntegerType : public Type {
41 friend class LLVMContextImpl;
42
43protected:
44 explicit IntegerType(LLVMContext &C, unsigned NumBits) : Type(C, IntegerTyID){
45 setSubclassData(NumBits);
46 }
47
48public:
49 /// This enum is just used to hold constants we need for IntegerType.
50 enum {
51 MIN_INT_BITS = 1, ///< Minimum number of bits that can be specified
52 MAX_INT_BITS = (1<<24)-1 ///< Maximum number of bits that can be specified
53 ///< Note that bit width is stored in the Type classes SubclassData field
54 ///< which has 24 bits. This yields a maximum bit width of 16,777,215
55 ///< bits.
56 };
57
58 /// This static method is the primary way of constructing an IntegerType.
59 /// If an IntegerType with the same NumBits value was previously instantiated,
60 /// that instance will be returned. Otherwise a new one will be created. Only
61 /// one instance with a given NumBits value is ever created.
62 /// Get or create an IntegerType instance.
63 static IntegerType *get(LLVMContext &C, unsigned NumBits);
64
65 /// Returns type twice as wide the input type.
66 IntegerType *getExtendedType() const {
67 return Type::getIntNTy(getContext(), 2 * getScalarSizeInBits());
68 }
69
70 /// Get the number of bits in this IntegerType
71 unsigned getBitWidth() const { return getSubclassData(); }
72
73 /// Return a bitmask with ones set for all of the bits that can be set by an
74 /// unsigned version of this type. This is 0xFF for i8, 0xFFFF for i16, etc.
75 uint64_t getBitMask() const {
76 return ~uint64_t(0UL) >> (64-getBitWidth());
77 }
78
79 /// Return a uint64_t with just the most significant bit set (the sign bit, if
80 /// the value is treated as a signed number).
81 uint64_t getSignBit() const {
82 return 1ULL << (getBitWidth()-1);
83 }
84
85 /// For example, this is 0xFF for an 8 bit integer, 0xFFFF for i16, etc.
86 /// @returns a bit mask with ones set for all the bits of this type.
87 /// Get a bit mask for this type.
88 APInt getMask() const;
89
90 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast.
91 static bool classof(const Type *T) {
92 return T->getTypeID() == IntegerTyID;
93 }
94};
95
96unsigned Type::getIntegerBitWidth() const {
97 return cast<IntegerType>(this)->getBitWidth();
98}
99
100/// Class to represent function types
101///
102class FunctionType : public Type {
103 FunctionType(Type *Result, ArrayRef<Type*> Params, bool IsVarArgs);
104
105public:
106 FunctionType(const FunctionType &) = delete;
107 FunctionType &operator=(const FunctionType &) = delete;
108
109 /// This static method is the primary way of constructing a FunctionType.
110 static FunctionType *get(Type *Result,
111 ArrayRef<Type*> Params, bool isVarArg);
112
113 /// Create a FunctionType taking no parameters.
114 static FunctionType *get(Type *Result, bool isVarArg);
115
116 /// Return true if the specified type is valid as a return type.
117 static bool isValidReturnType(Type *RetTy);
118
119 /// Return true if the specified type is valid as an argument type.
120 static bool isValidArgumentType(Type *ArgTy);
121
122 bool isVarArg() const { return getSubclassData()!=0; }
123 Type *getReturnType() const { return ContainedTys[0]; }
124
125 using param_iterator = Type::subtype_iterator;
126
127 param_iterator param_begin() const { return ContainedTys + 1; }
128 param_iterator param_end() const { return &ContainedTys[NumContainedTys]; }
129 ArrayRef<Type *> params() const {
130 return makeArrayRef(param_begin(), param_end());
131 }
132
133 /// Parameter type accessors.
134 Type *getParamType(unsigned i) const { return ContainedTys[i+1]; }
135
136 /// Return the number of fixed parameters this function type requires.
137 /// This does not consider varargs.
138 unsigned getNumParams() const { return NumContainedTys - 1; }
139
140 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast.
141 static bool classof(const Type *T) {
142 return T->getTypeID() == FunctionTyID;
143 }
144};
145static_assert(alignof(FunctionType) >= alignof(Type *),
146 "Alignment sufficient for objects appended to FunctionType");
147
148bool Type::isFunctionVarArg() const {
149 return cast<FunctionType>(this)->isVarArg();
150}
151
152Type *Type::getFunctionParamType(unsigned i) const {
153 return cast<FunctionType>(this)->getParamType(i);
154}
155
156unsigned Type::getFunctionNumParams() const {
157 return cast<FunctionType>(this)->getNumParams();
158}
159
160/// A handy container for a FunctionType+Callee-pointer pair, which can be
161/// passed around as a single entity. This assists in replacing the use of
162/// PointerType::getElementType() to access the function's type, since that's
163/// slated for removal as part of the [opaque pointer types] project.
164class FunctionCallee {
165public:
166 // Allow implicit conversion from types which have a getFunctionType member
167 // (e.g. Function and InlineAsm).
168 template <typename T, typename U = decltype(&T::getFunctionType)>
169 FunctionCallee(T *Fn)
170 : FnTy(Fn ? Fn->getFunctionType() : nullptr), Callee(Fn) {}
171
172 FunctionCallee(FunctionType *FnTy, Value *Callee)
173 : FnTy(FnTy), Callee(Callee) {
174 assert((FnTy == nullptr) == (Callee == nullptr))((void)0);
175 }
176
177 FunctionCallee(std::nullptr_t) {}
178
179 FunctionCallee() = default;
180
181 FunctionType *getFunctionType() { return FnTy; }
182
183 Value *getCallee() { return Callee; }
184
185 explicit operator bool() { return Callee; }
186
187private:
188 FunctionType *FnTy = nullptr;
189 Value *Callee = nullptr;
190};
191
192/// Class to represent struct types. There are two different kinds of struct
193/// types: Literal structs and Identified structs.
194///
195/// Literal struct types (e.g. { i32, i32 }) are uniqued structurally, and must
196/// always have a body when created. You can get one of these by using one of
197/// the StructType::get() forms.
198///
199/// Identified structs (e.g. %foo or %42) may optionally have a name and are not
200/// uniqued. The names for identified structs are managed at the LLVMContext
201/// level, so there can only be a single identified struct with a given name in
202/// a particular LLVMContext. Identified structs may also optionally be opaque
203/// (have no body specified). You get one of these by using one of the
204/// StructType::create() forms.
205///
206/// Independent of what kind of struct you have, the body of a struct type are
207/// laid out in memory consecutively with the elements directly one after the
208/// other (if the struct is packed) or (if not packed) with padding between the
209/// elements as defined by DataLayout (which is required to match what the code
210/// generator for a target expects).
211///
212class StructType : public Type {
213 StructType(LLVMContext &C) : Type(C, StructTyID) {}
214
215 enum {
216 /// This is the contents of the SubClassData field.
217 SCDB_HasBody = 1,
218 SCDB_Packed = 2,
219 SCDB_IsLiteral = 4,
220 SCDB_IsSized = 8
221 };
222
223 /// For a named struct that actually has a name, this is a pointer to the
224 /// symbol table entry (maintained by LLVMContext) for the struct.
225 /// This is null if the type is an literal struct or if it is a identified
226 /// type that has an empty name.
227 void *SymbolTableEntry = nullptr;
228
229public:
230 StructType(const StructType &) = delete;
231 StructType &operator=(const StructType &) = delete;
232
233 /// This creates an identified struct.
234 static StructType *create(LLVMContext &Context, StringRef Name);
235 static StructType *create(LLVMContext &Context);
236
237 static StructType *create(ArrayRef<Type *> Elements, StringRef Name,
238 bool isPacked = false);
239 static StructType *create(ArrayRef<Type *> Elements);
240 static StructType *create(LLVMContext &Context, ArrayRef<Type *> Elements,
241 StringRef Name, bool isPacked = false);
242 static StructType *create(LLVMContext &Context, ArrayRef<Type *> Elements);
243 template <class... Tys>
244 static std::enable_if_t<are_base_of<Type, Tys...>::value, StructType *>
245 create(StringRef Name, Type *elt1, Tys *... elts) {
246 assert(elt1 && "Cannot create a struct type with no elements with this")((void)0);
247 return create(ArrayRef<Type *>({elt1, elts...}), Name);
248 }
249
250 /// This static method is the primary way to create a literal StructType.
251 static StructType *get(LLVMContext &Context, ArrayRef<Type*> Elements,
252 bool isPacked = false);
253
254 /// Create an empty structure type.
255 static StructType *get(LLVMContext &Context, bool isPacked = false);
256
257 /// This static method is a convenience method for creating structure types by
258 /// specifying the elements as arguments. Note that this method always returns
259 /// a non-packed struct, and requires at least one element type.
260 template <class... Tys>
261 static std::enable_if_t<are_base_of<Type, Tys...>::value, StructType *>
262 get(Type *elt1, Tys *... elts) {
263 assert(elt1 && "Cannot create a struct type with no elements with this")((void)0);
264 LLVMContext &Ctx = elt1->getContext();
265 return StructType::get(Ctx, ArrayRef<Type *>({elt1, elts...}));
266 }
267
268 /// Return the type with the specified name, or null if there is none by that
269 /// name.
270 static StructType *getTypeByName(LLVMContext &C, StringRef Name);
271
272 bool isPacked() const { return (getSubclassData() & SCDB_Packed) != 0; }
273
274 /// Return true if this type is uniqued by structural equivalence, false if it
275 /// is a struct definition.
276 bool isLiteral() const { return (getSubclassData() & SCDB_IsLiteral) != 0; }
277
278 /// Return true if this is a type with an identity that has no body specified
279 /// yet. These prints as 'opaque' in .ll files.
280 bool isOpaque() const { return (getSubclassData() & SCDB_HasBody) == 0; }
281
282 /// isSized - Return true if this is a sized type.
283 bool isSized(SmallPtrSetImpl<Type *> *Visited = nullptr) const;
284
285 /// Returns true if this struct contains a scalable vector.
286 bool containsScalableVectorType() const;
287
288 /// Return true if this is a named struct that has a non-empty name.
289 bool hasName() const { return SymbolTableEntry != nullptr; }
290
291 /// Return the name for this struct type if it has an identity.
292 /// This may return an empty string for an unnamed struct type. Do not call
293 /// this on an literal type.
294 StringRef getName() const;
295
296 /// Change the name of this type to the specified name, or to a name with a
297 /// suffix if there is a collision. Do not call this on an literal type.
298 void setName(StringRef Name);
299
300 /// Specify a body for an opaque identified type.
301 void setBody(ArrayRef<Type*> Elements, bool isPacked = false);
302
303 template <typename... Tys>
304 std::enable_if_t<are_base_of<Type, Tys...>::value, void>
305 setBody(Type *elt1, Tys *... elts) {
306 assert(elt1 && "Cannot create a struct type with no elements with this")((void)0);
307 setBody(ArrayRef<Type *>({elt1, elts...}));
308 }
309
310 /// Return true if the specified type is valid as a element type.
311 static bool isValidElementType(Type *ElemTy);
312
313 // Iterator access to the elements.
314 using element_iterator = Type::subtype_iterator;
315
316 element_iterator element_begin() const { return ContainedTys; }
317 element_iterator element_end() const { return &ContainedTys[NumContainedTys];}
318 ArrayRef<Type *> elements() const {
319 return makeArrayRef(element_begin(), element_end());
320 }
321
322 /// Return true if this is layout identical to the specified struct.
323 bool isLayoutIdentical(StructType *Other) const;
324
325 /// Random access to the elements
326 unsigned getNumElements() const { return NumContainedTys; }
327 Type *getElementType(unsigned N) const {
328 assert(N < NumContainedTys && "Element number out of range!")((void)0);
329 return ContainedTys[N];
330 }
331 /// Given an index value into the type, return the type of the element.
332 Type *getTypeAtIndex(const Value *V) const;
333 Type *getTypeAtIndex(unsigned N) const { return getElementType(N); }
334 bool indexValid(const Value *V) const;
335 bool indexValid(unsigned Idx) const { return Idx < getNumElements(); }
336
337 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast.
338 static bool classof(const Type *T) {
339 return T->getTypeID() == StructTyID;
340 }
341};
342
343StringRef Type::getStructName() const {
344 return cast<StructType>(this)->getName();
345}
346
347unsigned Type::getStructNumElements() const {
348 return cast<StructType>(this)->getNumElements();
349}
350
351Type *Type::getStructElementType(unsigned N) const {
352 return cast<StructType>(this)->getElementType(N);
353}
354
355/// Class to represent array types.
356class ArrayType : public Type {
357 /// The element type of the array.
358 Type *ContainedType;
359 /// Number of elements in the array.
360 uint64_t NumElements;
361
362 ArrayType(Type *ElType, uint64_t NumEl);
363
364public:
365 ArrayType(const ArrayType &) = delete;
366 ArrayType &operator=(const ArrayType &) = delete;
367
368 uint64_t getNumElements() const { return NumElements; }
369 Type *getElementType() const { return ContainedType; }
370
371 /// This static method is the primary way to construct an ArrayType
372 static ArrayType *get(Type *ElementType, uint64_t NumElements);
373
374 /// Return true if the specified type is valid as a element type.
375 static bool isValidElementType(Type *ElemTy);
376
377 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast.
378 static bool classof(const Type *T) {
379 return T->getTypeID() == ArrayTyID;
380 }
381};
382
383uint64_t Type::getArrayNumElements() const {
384 return cast<ArrayType>(this)->getNumElements();
385}
386
387/// Base class of all SIMD vector types
388class VectorType : public Type {
389 /// A fully specified VectorType is of the form <vscale x n x Ty>. 'n' is the
390 /// minimum number of elements of type Ty contained within the vector, and
391 /// 'vscale x' indicates that the total element count is an integer multiple
392 /// of 'n', where the multiple is either guaranteed to be one, or is
393 /// statically unknown at compile time.
394 ///
395 /// If the multiple is known to be 1, then the extra term is discarded in
396 /// textual IR:
397 ///
398 /// <4 x i32> - a vector containing 4 i32s
399 /// <vscale x 4 x i32> - a vector containing an unknown integer multiple
400 /// of 4 i32s
401
402 /// The element type of the vector.
403 Type *ContainedType;
404
405protected:
406 /// The element quantity of this vector. The meaning of this value depends
407 /// on the type of vector:
408 /// - For FixedVectorType = <ElementQuantity x ty>, there are
409 /// exactly ElementQuantity elements in this vector.
410 /// - For ScalableVectorType = <vscale x ElementQuantity x ty>,
411 /// there are vscale * ElementQuantity elements in this vector, where
412 /// vscale is a runtime-constant integer greater than 0.
413 const unsigned ElementQuantity;
414
415 VectorType(Type *ElType, unsigned EQ, Type::TypeID TID);
416
417public:
418 VectorType(const VectorType &) = delete;
419 VectorType &operator=(const VectorType &) = delete;
420
421 Type *getElementType() const { return ContainedType; }
422
423 /// This static method is the primary way to construct an VectorType.
424 static VectorType *get(Type *ElementType, ElementCount EC);
425
426 static VectorType *get(Type *ElementType, unsigned NumElements,
427 bool Scalable) {
428 return VectorType::get(ElementType,
429 ElementCount::get(NumElements, Scalable));
430 }
431
432 static VectorType *get(Type *ElementType, const VectorType *Other) {
433 return VectorType::get(ElementType, Other->getElementCount());
434 }
435
436 /// This static method gets a VectorType with the same number of elements as
437 /// the input type, and the element type is an integer type of the same width
438 /// as the input element type.
439 static VectorType *getInteger(VectorType *VTy) {
440 unsigned EltBits = VTy->getElementType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
441 assert(EltBits && "Element size must be of a non-zero size")((void)0);
442 Type *EltTy = IntegerType::get(VTy->getContext(), EltBits);
443 return VectorType::get(EltTy, VTy->getElementCount());
444 }
445
446 /// This static method is like getInteger except that the element types are
447 /// twice as wide as the elements in the input type.
448 static VectorType *getExtendedElementVectorType(VectorType *VTy) {
449 assert(VTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && "VTy expected to be a vector of ints.")((void)0);
450 auto *EltTy = cast<IntegerType>(VTy->getElementType());
451 return VectorType::get(EltTy->getExtendedType(), VTy->getElementCount());
452 }
453
454 // This static method gets a VectorType with the same number of elements as
455 // the input type, and the element type is an integer or float type which
456 // is half as wide as the elements in the input type.
457 static VectorType *getTruncatedElementVectorType(VectorType *VTy) {
458 Type *EltTy;
459 if (VTy->getElementType()->isFloatingPointTy()) {
460 switch(VTy->getElementType()->getTypeID()) {
461 case DoubleTyID:
462 EltTy = Type::getFloatTy(VTy->getContext());
463 break;
464 case FloatTyID:
465 EltTy = Type::getHalfTy(VTy->getContext());
466 break;
467 default:
468 llvm_unreachable("Cannot create narrower fp vector element type")__builtin_unreachable();
469 }
470 } else {
471 unsigned EltBits = VTy->getElementType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
472 assert((EltBits & 1) == 0 &&((void)0)
473 "Cannot truncate vector element with odd bit-width")((void)0);
474 EltTy = IntegerType::get(VTy->getContext(), EltBits / 2);
475 }
476 return VectorType::get(EltTy, VTy->getElementCount());
477 }
478
479 // This static method returns a VectorType with a smaller number of elements
480 // of a larger type than the input element type. For example, a <16 x i8>
481 // subdivided twice would return <4 x i32>
482 static VectorType *getSubdividedVectorType(VectorType *VTy, int NumSubdivs) {
483 for (int i = 0; i < NumSubdivs; ++i) {
484 VTy = VectorType::getDoubleElementsVectorType(VTy);
485 VTy = VectorType::getTruncatedElementVectorType(VTy);
486 }
487 return VTy;
488 }
489
490 /// This static method returns a VectorType with half as many elements as the
491 /// input type and the same element type.
492 static VectorType *getHalfElementsVectorType(VectorType *VTy) {
493 auto EltCnt = VTy->getElementCount();
494 assert(EltCnt.isKnownEven() &&((void)0)
495 "Cannot halve vector with odd number of elements.")((void)0);
496 return VectorType::get(VTy->getElementType(),
497 EltCnt.divideCoefficientBy(2));
498 }
499
500 /// This static method returns a VectorType with twice as many elements as the
501 /// input type and the same element type.
502 static VectorType *getDoubleElementsVectorType(VectorType *VTy) {
503 auto EltCnt = VTy->getElementCount();
504 assert((EltCnt.getKnownMinValue() * 2ull) <= UINT_MAX &&((void)0)
505 "Too many elements in vector")((void)0);
506 return VectorType::get(VTy->getElementType(), EltCnt * 2);
507 }
508
509 /// Return true if the specified type is valid as a element type.
510 static bool isValidElementType(Type *ElemTy);
511
512 /// Return an ElementCount instance to represent the (possibly scalable)
513 /// number of elements in the vector.
514 inline ElementCount getElementCount() const;
515
516 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast.
517 static bool classof(const Type *T) {
518 return T->getTypeID() == FixedVectorTyID ||
519 T->getTypeID() == ScalableVectorTyID;
520 }
521};
522
523/// Class to represent fixed width SIMD vectors
524class FixedVectorType : public VectorType {
525protected:
526 FixedVectorType(Type *ElTy, unsigned NumElts)
527 : VectorType(ElTy, NumElts, FixedVectorTyID) {}
528
529public:
530 static FixedVectorType *get(Type *ElementType, unsigned NumElts);
531
532 static FixedVectorType *get(Type *ElementType, const FixedVectorType *FVTy) {
533 return get(ElementType, FVTy->getNumElements());
534 }
535
536 static FixedVectorType *getInteger(FixedVectorType *VTy) {
537 return cast<FixedVectorType>(VectorType::getInteger(VTy));
538 }
539
540 static FixedVectorType *getExtendedElementVectorType(FixedVectorType *VTy) {
541 return cast<FixedVectorType>(VectorType::getExtendedElementVectorType(VTy));
542 }
543
544 static FixedVectorType *getTruncatedElementVectorType(FixedVectorType *VTy) {
545 return cast<FixedVectorType>(
546 VectorType::getTruncatedElementVectorType(VTy));
547 }
548
549 static FixedVectorType *getSubdividedVectorType(FixedVectorType *VTy,
550 int NumSubdivs) {
551 return cast<FixedVectorType>(
552 VectorType::getSubdividedVectorType(VTy, NumSubdivs));
553 }
554
555 static FixedVectorType *getHalfElementsVectorType(FixedVectorType *VTy) {
556 return cast<FixedVectorType>(VectorType::getHalfElementsVectorType(VTy));
557 }
558
559 static FixedVectorType *getDoubleElementsVectorType(FixedVectorType *VTy) {
560 return cast<FixedVectorType>(VectorType::getDoubleElementsVectorType(VTy));
561 }
562
563 static bool classof(const Type *T) {
564 return T->getTypeID() == FixedVectorTyID;
565 }
566
567 unsigned getNumElements() const { return ElementQuantity; }
568};
569
570/// Class to represent scalable SIMD vectors
571class ScalableVectorType : public VectorType {
572protected:
573 ScalableVectorType(Type *ElTy, unsigned MinNumElts)
574 : VectorType(ElTy, MinNumElts, ScalableVectorTyID) {}
575
576public:
577 static ScalableVectorType *get(Type *ElementType, unsigned MinNumElts);
578
579 static ScalableVectorType *get(Type *ElementType,
580 const ScalableVectorType *SVTy) {
581 return get(ElementType, SVTy->getMinNumElements());
582 }
583
584 static ScalableVectorType *getInteger(ScalableVectorType *VTy) {
585 return cast<ScalableVectorType>(VectorType::getInteger(VTy));
586 }
587
588 static ScalableVectorType *
589 getExtendedElementVectorType(ScalableVectorType *VTy) {
590 return cast<ScalableVectorType>(
591 VectorType::getExtendedElementVectorType(VTy));
592 }
593
594 static ScalableVectorType *
595 getTruncatedElementVectorType(ScalableVectorType *VTy) {
596 return cast<ScalableVectorType>(
597 VectorType::getTruncatedElementVectorType(VTy));
598 }
599
600 static ScalableVectorType *getSubdividedVectorType(ScalableVectorType *VTy,
601 int NumSubdivs) {
602 return cast<ScalableVectorType>(
603 VectorType::getSubdividedVectorType(VTy, NumSubdivs));
604 }
605
606 static ScalableVectorType *
607 getHalfElementsVectorType(ScalableVectorType *VTy) {
608 return cast<ScalableVectorType>(VectorType::getHalfElementsVectorType(VTy));
609 }
610
611 static ScalableVectorType *
612 getDoubleElementsVectorType(ScalableVectorType *VTy) {
613 return cast<ScalableVectorType>(
614 VectorType::getDoubleElementsVectorType(VTy));
615 }
616
617 /// Get the minimum number of elements in this vector. The actual number of
618 /// elements in the vector is an integer multiple of this value.
619 uint64_t getMinNumElements() const { return ElementQuantity; }
620
621 static bool classof(const Type *T) {
622 return T->getTypeID() == ScalableVectorTyID;
623 }
624};
625
626inline ElementCount VectorType::getElementCount() const {
627 return ElementCount::get(ElementQuantity, isa<ScalableVectorType>(this));
14
Assuming the object is not a 'ScalableVectorType'
15
Calling 'LinearPolySize::get'
18
Returning from 'LinearPolySize::get'
628}
629
630/// Class to represent pointers.
631class PointerType : public Type {
632 explicit PointerType(Type *ElType, unsigned AddrSpace);
633 explicit PointerType(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AddrSpace);
634
635 Type *PointeeTy;
636
637public:
638 PointerType(const PointerType &) = delete;
639 PointerType &operator=(const PointerType &) = delete;
640
641 /// This constructs a pointer to an object of the specified type in a numbered
642 /// address space.
643 static PointerType *get(Type *ElementType, unsigned AddressSpace);
644 /// This constructs an opaque pointer to an object in a numbered address
645 /// space.
646 static PointerType *get(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AddressSpace);
647
648 /// This constructs a pointer to an object of the specified type in the
649 /// default address space (address space zero).
650 static PointerType *getUnqual(Type *ElementType) {
651 return PointerType::get(ElementType, 0);
652 }
653
654 /// This constructs an opaque pointer to an object in the
655 /// default address space (address space zero).
656 static PointerType *getUnqual(LLVMContext &C) {
657 return PointerType::get(C, 0);
658 }
659
660 /// This constructs a pointer type with the same pointee type as input
661 /// PointerType (or opaque pointer is the input PointerType is opaque) and the
662 /// given address space. This is only useful during the opaque pointer
663 /// transition.
664 /// TODO: remove after opaque pointer transition is complete.
665 static PointerType *getWithSamePointeeType(PointerType *PT,
666 unsigned AddressSpace) {
667 if (PT->isOpaque())
668 return get(PT->getContext(), AddressSpace);
669 return get(PT->getElementType(), AddressSpace);
670 }
671
672 Type *getElementType() const {
673 assert(!isOpaque() && "Attempting to get element type of opaque pointer")((void)0);
674 return PointeeTy;
675 }
676
677 bool isOpaque() const { return !PointeeTy; }
678
679 /// Return true if the specified type is valid as a element type.
680 static bool isValidElementType(Type *ElemTy);
681
682 /// Return true if we can load or store from a pointer to this type.
683 static bool isLoadableOrStorableType(Type *ElemTy);
684
685 /// Return the address space of the Pointer type.
686 inline unsigned getAddressSpace() const { return getSubclassData(); }
687
688 /// Return true if either this is an opaque pointer type or if this pointee
689 /// type matches Ty. Primarily used for checking if an instruction's pointer
690 /// operands are valid types. Will be useless after non-opaque pointers are
691 /// removed.
692 bool isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(Type *Ty) {
693 return isOpaque() || PointeeTy == Ty;
694 }
695
696 /// Return true if both pointer types have the same element type. Two opaque
697 /// pointers are considered to have the same element type, while an opaque
698 /// and a non-opaque pointer have different element types.
699 /// TODO: Remove after opaque pointer transition is complete.
700 bool hasSameElementTypeAs(PointerType *Other) {
701 return PointeeTy == Other->PointeeTy;
702 }
703
704 /// Implement support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast.
705 static bool classof(const Type *T) {
706 return T->getTypeID() == PointerTyID;
707 }
708};
709
710Type *Type::getExtendedType() const {
711 assert(((void)0)
712 isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0)
713 "Original type expected to be a vector of integers or a scalar integer.")((void)0);
714 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(this))
715 return VectorType::getExtendedElementVectorType(
716 const_cast<VectorType *>(VTy));
717 return cast<IntegerType>(this)->getExtendedType();
718}
719
720Type *Type::getWithNewType(Type *EltTy) const {
721 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(this))
722 return VectorType::get(EltTy, VTy->getElementCount());
723 return EltTy;
724}
725
726Type *Type::getWithNewBitWidth(unsigned NewBitWidth) const {
727 assert(((void)0)
728 isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&((void)0)
729 "Original type expected to be a vector of integers or a scalar integer.")((void)0);
730 return getWithNewType(getIntNTy(getContext(), NewBitWidth));
731}
732
733unsigned Type::getPointerAddressSpace() const {
734 return cast<PointerType>(getScalarType())->getAddressSpace();
735}
736
737} // end namespace llvm
738
739#endif // LLVM_IR_DERIVEDTYPES_H

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TypeSize.h

1//===- TypeSize.h - Wrapper around type sizes -------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file provides a struct that can be used to query the size of IR types
10// which may be scalable vectors. It provides convenience operators so that
11// it can be used in much the same way as a single scalar value.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_TYPESIZE_H
16#define LLVM_SUPPORT_TYPESIZE_H
17
18#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
19#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
20#include "llvm/Support/WithColor.h"
21
22#include <algorithm>
23#include <array>
24#include <cassert>
25#include <cstdint>
26#include <type_traits>
27
28namespace llvm {
29
30/// Reports a diagnostic message to indicate an invalid size request has been
31/// done on a scalable vector. This function may not return.
32void reportInvalidSizeRequest(const char *Msg);
33
34template <typename LeafTy> struct LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits {};
35
36//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
37// LinearPolyBase - a base class for linear polynomials with multiple
38// dimensions. This can e.g. be used to describe offsets that are have both a
39// fixed and scalable component.
40//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
41
42/// LinearPolyBase describes a linear polynomial:
43/// c0 * scale0 + c1 * scale1 + ... + cK * scaleK
44/// where the scale is implicit, so only the coefficients are encoded.
45template <typename LeafTy>
46class LinearPolyBase {
47public:
48 using ScalarTy = typename LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<LeafTy>::ScalarTy;
49 static constexpr auto Dimensions = LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<LeafTy>::Dimensions;
50 static_assert(Dimensions != std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max(),
51 "Dimensions out of range");
52
53private:
54 std::array<ScalarTy, Dimensions> Coefficients;
55
56protected:
57 LinearPolyBase(ArrayRef<ScalarTy> Values) {
58 std::copy(Values.begin(), Values.end(), Coefficients.begin());
59 }
60
61public:
62 friend LeafTy &operator+=(LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) {
63 for (unsigned I=0; I<Dimensions; ++I)
64 LHS.Coefficients[I] += RHS.Coefficients[I];
65 return LHS;
66 }
67
68 friend LeafTy &operator-=(LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) {
69 for (unsigned I=0; I<Dimensions; ++I)
70 LHS.Coefficients[I] -= RHS.Coefficients[I];
71 return LHS;
72 }
73
74 friend LeafTy &operator*=(LeafTy &LHS, ScalarTy RHS) {
75 for (auto &C : LHS.Coefficients)
76 C *= RHS;
77 return LHS;
78 }
79
80 friend LeafTy operator+(const LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) {
81 LeafTy Copy = LHS;
82 return Copy += RHS;
83 }
84
85 friend LeafTy operator-(const LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) {
86 LeafTy Copy = LHS;
87 return Copy -= RHS;
88 }
89
90 friend LeafTy operator*(const LeafTy &LHS, ScalarTy RHS) {
91 LeafTy Copy = LHS;
92 return Copy *= RHS;
93 }
94
95 template <typename U = ScalarTy>
96 friend typename std::enable_if_t<std::is_signed<U>::value, LeafTy>
97 operator-(const LeafTy &LHS) {
98 LeafTy Copy = LHS;
99 return Copy *= -1;
100 }
101
102 bool operator==(const LinearPolyBase &RHS) const {
103 return std::equal(Coefficients.begin(), Coefficients.end(),
104 RHS.Coefficients.begin());
105 }
106
107 bool operator!=(const LinearPolyBase &RHS) const {
108 return !(*this == RHS);
109 }
110
111 bool isZero() const {
112 return all_of(Coefficients, [](const ScalarTy &C) { return C == 0; });
113 }
114 bool isNonZero() const { return !isZero(); }
115 explicit operator bool() const { return isNonZero(); }
116
117 ScalarTy getValue(unsigned Dim) const { return Coefficients[Dim]; }
118};
119
120//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
121// StackOffset - Represent an offset with named fixed and scalable components.
122//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
123
124class StackOffset;
125template <> struct LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<StackOffset> {
126 using ScalarTy = int64_t;
127 static constexpr unsigned Dimensions = 2;
128};
129
130/// StackOffset is a class to represent an offset with 2 dimensions,
131/// named fixed and scalable, respectively. This class allows a value for both
132/// dimensions to depict e.g. "8 bytes and 16 scalable bytes", which is needed
133/// to represent stack offsets.
134class StackOffset : public LinearPolyBase<StackOffset> {
135protected:
136 StackOffset(ScalarTy Fixed, ScalarTy Scalable)
137 : LinearPolyBase<StackOffset>({Fixed, Scalable}) {}
138
139public:
140 StackOffset() : StackOffset({0, 0}) {}
141 StackOffset(const LinearPolyBase<StackOffset> &Other)
142 : LinearPolyBase<StackOffset>(Other) {}
143 static StackOffset getFixed(ScalarTy Fixed) { return {Fixed, 0}; }
144 static StackOffset getScalable(ScalarTy Scalable) { return {0, Scalable}; }
145 static StackOffset get(ScalarTy Fixed, ScalarTy Scalable) {
146 return {Fixed, Scalable};
147 }
148
149 ScalarTy getFixed() const { return this->getValue(0); }
150 ScalarTy getScalable() const { return this->getValue(1); }
151};
152
153//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
154// UnivariateLinearPolyBase - a base class for linear polynomials with multiple
155// dimensions, but where only one dimension can be set at any time.
156// This can e.g. be used to describe sizes that are either fixed or scalable.
157//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
158
159/// UnivariateLinearPolyBase is a base class for ElementCount and TypeSize.
160/// Like LinearPolyBase it tries to represent a linear polynomial
161/// where only one dimension can be set at any time, e.g.
162/// 0 * scale0 + 0 * scale1 + ... + cJ * scaleJ + ... + 0 * scaleK
163/// The dimension that is set is the univariate dimension.
164template <typename LeafTy>
165class UnivariateLinearPolyBase {
166public:
167 using ScalarTy = typename LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<LeafTy>::ScalarTy;
168 static constexpr auto Dimensions = LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<LeafTy>::Dimensions;
169 static_assert(Dimensions != std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max(),
170 "Dimensions out of range");
171
172protected:
173 ScalarTy Value; // The value at the univeriate dimension.
174 unsigned UnivariateDim; // The univeriate dimension.
175
176 UnivariateLinearPolyBase(ScalarTy Val, unsigned UnivariateDim)
177 : Value(Val), UnivariateDim(UnivariateDim) {
178 assert(UnivariateDim < Dimensions && "Dimension out of range")((void)0);
179 }
180
181 friend LeafTy &operator+=(LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) {
182 assert(LHS.UnivariateDim == RHS.UnivariateDim && "Invalid dimensions")((void)0);
183 LHS.Value += RHS.Value;
184 return LHS;
185 }
186
187 friend LeafTy &operator-=(LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) {
188 assert(LHS.UnivariateDim == RHS.UnivariateDim && "Invalid dimensions")((void)0);
189 LHS.Value -= RHS.Value;
190 return LHS;
191 }
192
193 friend LeafTy &operator*=(LeafTy &LHS, ScalarTy RHS) {
194 LHS.Value *= RHS;
195 return LHS;
196 }
197
198 friend LeafTy operator+(const LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) {
199 LeafTy Copy = LHS;
200 return Copy += RHS;
201 }
202
203 friend LeafTy operator-(const LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) {
204 LeafTy Copy = LHS;
205 return Copy -= RHS;
206 }
207
208 friend LeafTy operator*(const LeafTy &LHS, ScalarTy RHS) {
209 LeafTy Copy = LHS;
210 return Copy *= RHS;
211 }
212
213 template <typename U = ScalarTy>
214 friend typename std::enable_if<std::is_signed<U>::value, LeafTy>::type
215 operator-(const LeafTy &LHS) {
216 LeafTy Copy = LHS;
217 return Copy *= -1;
218 }
219
220public:
221 bool operator==(const UnivariateLinearPolyBase &RHS) const {
222 return Value == RHS.Value && UnivariateDim == RHS.UnivariateDim;
22
Assuming 'Value' is not equal to 'RHS.Value'
23
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later
223 }
224
225 bool operator!=(const UnivariateLinearPolyBase &RHS) const {
226 return !(*this == RHS);
227 }
228
229 bool isZero() const { return !Value; }
230 bool isNonZero() const { return !isZero(); }
231 explicit operator bool() const { return isNonZero(); }
232 ScalarTy getValue() const { return Value; }
40
Returning zero
233 ScalarTy getValue(unsigned Dim) const {
234 return Dim == UnivariateDim ? Value : 0;
235 }
236
237 /// Add \p RHS to the value at the univariate dimension.
238 LeafTy getWithIncrement(ScalarTy RHS) const {
239 return static_cast<LeafTy>(
240 UnivariateLinearPolyBase(Value + RHS, UnivariateDim));
241 }
242
243 /// Subtract \p RHS from the value at the univariate dimension.
244 LeafTy getWithDecrement(ScalarTy RHS) const {
245 return static_cast<LeafTy>(
246 UnivariateLinearPolyBase(Value - RHS, UnivariateDim));
247 }
248};
249
250
251//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
252// LinearPolySize - base class for fixed- or scalable sizes.
253// ^ ^
254// | |
255// | +----- ElementCount - Leaf class to represent an element count
256// | (vscale x unsigned)
257// |
258// +-------- TypeSize - Leaf class to represent a type size
259// (vscale x uint64_t)
260//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
261
262/// LinearPolySize is a base class to represent sizes. It is either
263/// fixed-sized or it is scalable-sized, but it cannot be both.
264template <typename LeafTy>
265class LinearPolySize : public UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy> {
266 // Make the parent class a friend, so that it can access the protected
267 // conversion/copy-constructor for UnivariatePolyBase<LeafTy> ->
268 // LinearPolySize<LeafTy>.
269 friend class UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy>;
270
271public:
272 using ScalarTy = typename UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy>::ScalarTy;
273 enum Dims : unsigned { FixedDim = 0, ScalableDim = 1 };
274
275protected:
276 LinearPolySize(ScalarTy MinVal, Dims D)
277 : UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy>(MinVal, D) {}
278
279 LinearPolySize(const UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy> &V)
280 : UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy>(V) {}
281
282public:
283
284 static LeafTy getFixed(ScalarTy MinVal) {
285 return static_cast<LeafTy>(LinearPolySize(MinVal, FixedDim));
286 }
287 static LeafTy getScalable(ScalarTy MinVal) {
288 return static_cast<LeafTy>(LinearPolySize(MinVal, ScalableDim));
289 }
290 static LeafTy get(ScalarTy MinVal, bool Scalable) {
291 return static_cast<LeafTy>(
17
Value assigned to 'NumSrcElts.Value'
292 LinearPolySize(MinVal, Scalable
15.1
'Scalable' is false
15.1
'Scalable' is false
15.1
'Scalable' is false
15.1
'Scalable' is false
? ScalableDim : FixedDim))
;
16
'?' condition is false
293 }
294 static LeafTy getNull() { return get(0, false); }
295
296 /// Returns the minimum value this size can represent.
297 ScalarTy getKnownMinValue() const { return this->getValue(); }
39
Calling 'UnivariateLinearPolyBase::getValue'
41
Returning from 'UnivariateLinearPolyBase::getValue'
42
Returning zero
298 /// Returns whether the size is scaled by a runtime quantity (vscale).
299 bool isScalable() const { return this->UnivariateDim == ScalableDim; }
300 /// A return value of true indicates we know at compile time that the number
301 /// of elements (vscale * Min) is definitely even. However, returning false
302 /// does not guarantee that the total number of elements is odd.
303 bool isKnownEven() const { return (getKnownMinValue() & 0x1) == 0; }
304 /// This function tells the caller whether the element count is known at
305 /// compile time to be a multiple of the scalar value RHS.
306 bool isKnownMultipleOf(ScalarTy RHS) const {
307 return getKnownMinValue() % RHS == 0;
308 }
309
310 // Return the minimum value with the assumption that the count is exact.
311 // Use in places where a scalable count doesn't make sense (e.g. non-vector
312 // types, or vectors in backends which don't support scalable vectors).
313 ScalarTy getFixedValue() const {
314 assert(!isScalable() &&((void)0)
315 "Request for a fixed element count on a scalable object")((void)0);
316 return getKnownMinValue();
317 }
318
319 // For some cases, size ordering between scalable and fixed size types cannot
320 // be determined at compile time, so such comparisons aren't allowed.
321 //
322 // e.g. <vscale x 2 x i16> could be bigger than <4 x i32> with a runtime
323 // vscale >= 5, equal sized with a vscale of 4, and smaller with
324 // a vscale <= 3.
325 //
326 // All the functions below make use of the fact vscale is always >= 1, which
327 // means that <vscale x 4 x i32> is guaranteed to be >= <4 x i32>, etc.
328
329 static bool isKnownLT(const LinearPolySize &LHS, const LinearPolySize &RHS) {
330 if (!LHS.isScalable() || RHS.isScalable())
331 return LHS.getKnownMinValue() < RHS.getKnownMinValue();
332 return false;
333 }
334
335 static bool isKnownGT(const LinearPolySize &LHS, const LinearPolySize &RHS) {
336 if (LHS.isScalable() || !RHS.isScalable())
337 return LHS.getKnownMinValue() > RHS.getKnownMinValue();
338 return false;
339 }
340
341 static bool isKnownLE(const LinearPolySize &LHS, const LinearPolySize &RHS) {
342 if (!LHS.isScalable() || RHS.isScalable())
343 return LHS.getKnownMinValue() <= RHS.getKnownMinValue();
344 return false;
345 }
346
347 static bool isKnownGE(const LinearPolySize &LHS, const LinearPolySize &RHS) {
348 if (LHS.isScalable() || !RHS.isScalable())
349 return LHS.getKnownMinValue() >= RHS.getKnownMinValue();
350 return false;
351 }
352
353 /// We do not provide the '/' operator here because division for polynomial
354 /// types does not work in the same way as for normal integer types. We can
355 /// only divide the minimum value (or coefficient) by RHS, which is not the
356 /// same as
357 /// (Min * Vscale) / RHS
358 /// The caller is recommended to use this function in combination with
359 /// isKnownMultipleOf(RHS), which lets the caller know if it's possible to
360 /// perform a lossless divide by RHS.
361 LeafTy divideCoefficientBy(ScalarTy RHS) const {
362 return static_cast<LeafTy>(
363 LinearPolySize::get(getKnownMinValue() / RHS, isScalable()));
364 }
365
366 LeafTy coefficientNextPowerOf2() const {
367 return static_cast<LeafTy>(LinearPolySize::get(
368 static_cast<ScalarTy>(llvm::NextPowerOf2(getKnownMinValue())),
369 isScalable()));
370 }
371
372 /// Printing function.
373 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
374 if (isScalable())
375 OS << "vscale x ";
376 OS << getKnownMinValue();
377 }
378};
379
380class ElementCount;
381template <> struct LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<ElementCount> {
382 using ScalarTy = unsigned;
383 static constexpr unsigned Dimensions = 2;
384};
385
386class ElementCount : public LinearPolySize<ElementCount> {
387public:
388 ElementCount() : LinearPolySize(LinearPolySize::getNull()) {}
389
390 ElementCount(const LinearPolySize<ElementCount> &V) : LinearPolySize(V) {}
391
392 /// Counting predicates.
393 ///
394 ///@{ Number of elements..
395 /// Exactly one element.
396 bool isScalar() const { return !isScalable() && getKnownMinValue() == 1; }
397 /// One or more elements.
398 bool isVector() const {
399 return (isScalable() && getKnownMinValue() != 0) || getKnownMinValue() > 1;
400 }
401 ///@}
402};
403
404// This class is used to represent the size of types. If the type is of fixed
405class TypeSize;
406template <> struct LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<TypeSize> {
407 using ScalarTy = uint64_t;
408 static constexpr unsigned Dimensions = 2;
409};
410
411// TODO: Most functionality in this class will gradually be phased out
412// so it will resemble LinearPolySize as much as possible.
413//
414// TypeSize is used to represent the size of types. If the type is of fixed
415// size, it will represent the exact size. If the type is a scalable vector,
416// it will represent the known minimum size.
417class TypeSize : public LinearPolySize<TypeSize> {
418public:
419 TypeSize(const LinearPolySize<TypeSize> &V) : LinearPolySize(V) {}
420 TypeSize(ScalarTy MinVal, bool IsScalable)
421 : LinearPolySize(LinearPolySize::get(MinVal, IsScalable)) {}
422
423 static TypeSize Fixed(ScalarTy MinVal) { return TypeSize(MinVal, false); }
424 static TypeSize Scalable(ScalarTy MinVal) { return TypeSize(MinVal, true); }
425
426 ScalarTy getFixedSize() const { return getFixedValue(); }
427 ScalarTy getKnownMinSize() const { return getKnownMinValue(); }
428
429 // All code for this class below this point is needed because of the
430 // temporary implicit conversion to uint64_t. The operator overloads are
431 // needed because otherwise the conversion of the parent class
432 // UnivariateLinearPolyBase -> TypeSize is ambiguous.
433 // TODO: Remove the implicit conversion.
434
435 // Casts to a uint64_t if this is a fixed-width size.
436 //
437 // This interface is deprecated and will be removed in a future version
438 // of LLVM in favour of upgrading uses that rely on this implicit conversion
439 // to uint64_t. Calls to functions that return a TypeSize should use the
440 // proper interfaces to TypeSize.
441 // In practice this is mostly calls to MVT/EVT::getSizeInBits().
442 //
443 // To determine how to upgrade the code:
444 //
445 // if (<algorithm works for both scalable and fixed-width vectors>)
446 // use getKnownMinValue()
447 // else if (<algorithm works only for fixed-width vectors>) {
448 // if <algorithm can be adapted for both scalable and fixed-width vectors>
449 // update the algorithm and use getKnownMinValue()
450 // else
451 // bail out early for scalable vectors and use getFixedValue()
452 // }
453 operator ScalarTy() const;
454
455 // Additional operators needed to avoid ambiguous parses
456 // because of the implicit conversion hack.
457 friend TypeSize operator*(const TypeSize &LHS, const int RHS) {
458 return LHS * (ScalarTy)RHS;
459 }
460 friend TypeSize operator*(const TypeSize &LHS, const unsigned RHS) {
461 return LHS * (ScalarTy)RHS;
462 }
463 friend TypeSize operator*(const TypeSize &LHS, const int64_t RHS) {
464 return LHS * (ScalarTy)RHS;
465 }
466 friend TypeSize operator*(const int LHS, const TypeSize &RHS) {
467 return RHS * LHS;
468 }
469 friend TypeSize operator*(const unsigned LHS, const TypeSize &RHS) {
470 return RHS * LHS;
471 }
472 friend TypeSize operator*(const int64_t LHS, const TypeSize &RHS) {
473 return RHS * LHS;
474 }
475 friend TypeSize operator*(const uint64_t LHS, const TypeSize &RHS) {
476 return RHS * LHS;
477 }
478};
479
480//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
481// Utilities
482//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
483
484/// Returns a TypeSize with a known minimum size that is the next integer
485/// (mod 2**64) that is greater than or equal to \p Value and is a multiple
486/// of \p Align. \p Align must be non-zero.
487///
488/// Similar to the alignTo functions in MathExtras.h
489inline TypeSize alignTo(TypeSize Size, uint64_t Align) {
490 assert(Align != 0u && "Align must be non-zero")((void)0);
491 return {(Size.getKnownMinValue() + Align - 1) / Align * Align,
492 Size.isScalable()};
493}
494
495/// Stream operator function for `LinearPolySize`.
496template <typename LeafTy>
497inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
498 const LinearPolySize<LeafTy> &PS) {
499 PS.print(OS);
500 return OS;
501}
502
503template <typename T> struct DenseMapInfo;
504template <> struct DenseMapInfo<ElementCount> {
505 static inline ElementCount getEmptyKey() {
506 return ElementCount::getScalable(~0U);
507 }
508 static inline ElementCount getTombstoneKey() {
509 return ElementCount::getFixed(~0U - 1);
510 }
511 static unsigned getHashValue(const ElementCount &EltCnt) {
512 unsigned HashVal = EltCnt.getKnownMinValue() * 37U;
513 if (EltCnt.isScalable())
514 return (HashVal - 1U);
515
516 return HashVal;
517 }
518
519 static bool isEqual(const ElementCount &LHS, const ElementCount &RHS) {
520 return LHS == RHS;
521 }
522};
523
524} // end namespace llvm
525
526#endif // LLVM_SUPPORT_TYPESIZE_H

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h

1//===- PatternMatch.h - Match on the LLVM IR --------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file provides a simple and efficient mechanism for performing general
10// tree-based pattern matches on the LLVM IR. The power of these routines is
11// that it allows you to write concise patterns that are expressive and easy to
12// understand. The other major advantage of this is that it allows you to
13// trivially capture/bind elements in the pattern to variables. For example,
14// you can do something like this:
15//
16// Value *Exp = ...
17// Value *X, *Y; ConstantInt *C1, *C2; // (X & C1) | (Y & C2)
18// if (match(Exp, m_Or(m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1)),
19// m_And(m_Value(Y), m_ConstantInt(C2))))) {
20// ... Pattern is matched and variables are bound ...
21// }
22//
23// This is primarily useful to things like the instruction combiner, but can
24// also be useful for static analysis tools or code generators.
25//
26//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
27
28#ifndef LLVM_IR_PATTERNMATCH_H
29#define LLVM_IR_PATTERNMATCH_H
30
31#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
32#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
33#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
34#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
35#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
36#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
37#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
38#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
39#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
40#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
41#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
43#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
44#include <cstdint>
45
46namespace llvm {
47namespace PatternMatch {
48
49template <typename Val, typename Pattern> bool match(Val *V, const Pattern &P) {
50 return const_cast<Pattern &>(P).match(V);
29
Calling 'ThreeOps_match::match'
34
Returning from 'ThreeOps_match::match'
35
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later
51}
52
53template <typename Pattern> bool match(ArrayRef<int> Mask, const Pattern &P) {
54 return const_cast<Pattern &>(P).match(Mask);
55}
56
57template <typename SubPattern_t> struct OneUse_match {
58 SubPattern_t SubPattern;
59
60 OneUse_match(const SubPattern_t &SP) : SubPattern(SP) {}
61
62 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
63 return V->hasOneUse() && SubPattern.match(V);
64 }
65};
66
67template <typename T> inline OneUse_match<T> m_OneUse(const T &SubPattern) {
68 return SubPattern;
69}
70
71template <typename Class> struct class_match {
72 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) { return isa<Class>(V); }
73};
74
75/// Match an arbitrary value and ignore it.
76inline class_match<Value> m_Value() { return class_match<Value>(); }
77
78/// Match an arbitrary unary operation and ignore it.
79inline class_match<UnaryOperator> m_UnOp() {
80 return class_match<UnaryOperator>();
81}
82
83/// Match an arbitrary binary operation and ignore it.
84inline class_match<BinaryOperator> m_BinOp() {
85 return class_match<BinaryOperator>();
86}
87
88/// Matches any compare instruction and ignore it.
89inline class_match<CmpInst> m_Cmp() { return class_match<CmpInst>(); }
90
91struct undef_match {
92 static bool check(const Value *V) {
93 if (isa<UndefValue>(V))
94 return true;
95
96 const auto *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantAggregate>(V);
97 if (!CA)
98 return false;
99
100 SmallPtrSet<const ConstantAggregate *, 8> Seen;
101 SmallVector<const ConstantAggregate *, 8> Worklist;
102
103 // Either UndefValue, PoisonValue, or an aggregate that only contains
104 // these is accepted by matcher.
105 // CheckValue returns false if CA cannot satisfy this constraint.
106 auto CheckValue = [&](const ConstantAggregate *CA) {
107 for (const Value *Op : CA->operand_values()) {
108 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op))
109 continue;
110
111 const auto *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantAggregate>(Op);
112 if (!CA)
113 return false;
114 if (Seen.insert(CA).second)
115 Worklist.emplace_back(CA);
116 }
117
118 return true;
119 };
120
121 if (!CheckValue(CA))
122 return false;
123
124 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
125 if (!CheckValue(Worklist.pop_back_val()))
126 return false;
127 }
128 return true;
129 }
130 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) { return check(V); }
131};
132
133/// Match an arbitrary undef constant. This matches poison as well.
134/// If this is an aggregate and contains a non-aggregate element that is
135/// neither undef nor poison, the aggregate is not matched.
136inline auto m_Undef() { return undef_match(); }
137
138/// Match an arbitrary poison constant.
139inline class_match<PoisonValue> m_Poison() { return class_match<PoisonValue>(); }
140
141/// Match an arbitrary Constant and ignore it.
142inline class_match<Constant> m_Constant() { return class_match<Constant>(); }
143
144/// Match an arbitrary ConstantInt and ignore it.
145inline class_match<ConstantInt> m_ConstantInt() {
146 return class_match<ConstantInt>();
147}
148
149/// Match an arbitrary ConstantFP and ignore it.
150inline class_match<ConstantFP> m_ConstantFP() {
151 return class_match<ConstantFP>();
152}
153
154/// Match an arbitrary ConstantExpr and ignore it.
155inline class_match<ConstantExpr> m_ConstantExpr() {
156 return class_match<ConstantExpr>();
157}
158
159/// Match an arbitrary basic block value and ignore it.
160inline class_match<BasicBlock> m_BasicBlock() {
161 return class_match<BasicBlock>();
162}
163
164/// Inverting matcher
165template <typename Ty> struct match_unless {
166 Ty M;
167
168 match_unless(const Ty &Matcher) : M(Matcher) {}
169
170 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) { return !M.match(V); }
171};
172
173/// Match if the inner matcher does *NOT* match.
174template <typename Ty> inline match_unless<Ty> m_Unless(const Ty &M) {
175 return match_unless<Ty>(M);
176}
177
178/// Matching combinators
179template <typename LTy, typename RTy> struct match_combine_or {
180 LTy L;
181 RTy R;
182
183 match_combine_or(const LTy &Left, const RTy &Right) : L(Left), R(Right) {}
184
185 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
186 if (L.match(V))
187 return true;
188 if (R.match(V))
189 return true;
190 return false;
191 }
192};
193
194template <typename LTy, typename RTy> struct match_combine_and {
195 LTy L;
196 RTy R;
197
198 match_combine_and(const LTy &Left, const RTy &Right) : L(Left), R(Right) {}
199
200 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
201 if (L.match(V))
202 if (R.match(V))
203 return true;
204 return false;
205 }
206};
207
208/// Combine two pattern matchers matching L || R
209template <typename LTy, typename RTy>
210inline match_combine_or<LTy, RTy> m_CombineOr(const LTy &L, const RTy &R) {
211 return match_combine_or<LTy, RTy>(L, R);
212}
213
214/// Combine two pattern matchers matching L && R
215template <typename LTy, typename RTy>
216inline match_combine_and<LTy, RTy> m_CombineAnd(const LTy &L, const RTy &R) {
217 return match_combine_and<LTy, RTy>(L, R);
218}
219
220struct apint_match {
221 const APInt *&Res;
222 bool AllowUndef;
223
224 apint_match(const APInt *&Res, bool AllowUndef)
225 : Res(Res), AllowUndef(AllowUndef) {}
226
227 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
228 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
229 Res = &CI->getValue();
230 return true;
231 }
232 if (V->getType()->isVectorTy())
233 if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
234 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
235 C->getSplatValue(AllowUndef))) {
236 Res = &CI->getValue();
237 return true;
238 }
239 return false;
240 }
241};
242// Either constexpr if or renaming ConstantFP::getValueAPF to
243// ConstantFP::getValue is needed to do it via single template
244// function for both apint/apfloat.
245struct apfloat_match {
246 const APFloat *&Res;
247 bool AllowUndef;
248
249 apfloat_match(const APFloat *&Res, bool AllowUndef)
250 : Res(Res), AllowUndef(AllowUndef) {}
251
252 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
253 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) {
254 Res = &CI->getValueAPF();
255 return true;
256 }
257 if (V->getType()->isVectorTy())
258 if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
259 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantFP>(
260 C->getSplatValue(AllowUndef))) {
261 Res = &CI->getValueAPF();
262 return true;
263 }
264 return false;
265 }
266};
267
268/// Match a ConstantInt or splatted ConstantVector, binding the
269/// specified pointer to the contained APInt.
270inline apint_match m_APInt(const APInt *&Res) {
271 // Forbid undefs by default to maintain previous behavior.
272 return apint_match(Res, /* AllowUndef */ false);
273}
274
275/// Match APInt while allowing undefs in splat vector constants.
276inline apint_match m_APIntAllowUndef(const APInt *&Res) {
277 return apint_match(Res, /* AllowUndef */ true);
278}
279
280/// Match APInt while forbidding undefs in splat vector constants.
281inline apint_match m_APIntForbidUndef(const APInt *&Res) {
282 return apint_match(Res, /* AllowUndef */ false);
283}
284
285/// Match a ConstantFP or splatted ConstantVector, binding the
286/// specified pointer to the contained APFloat.
287inline apfloat_match m_APFloat(const APFloat *&Res) {
288 // Forbid undefs by default to maintain previous behavior.
289 return apfloat_match(Res, /* AllowUndef */ false);
290}
291
292/// Match APFloat while allowing undefs in splat vector constants.
293inline apfloat_match m_APFloatAllowUndef(const APFloat *&Res) {
294 return apfloat_match(Res, /* AllowUndef */ true);
295}
296
297/// Match APFloat while forbidding undefs in splat vector constants.
298inline apfloat_match m_APFloatForbidUndef(const APFloat *&Res) {
299 return apfloat_match(Res, /* AllowUndef */ false);
300}
301
302template <int64_t Val> struct constantint_match {
303 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
304 if (const auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
305 const APInt &CIV = CI->getValue();
306 if (Val >= 0)
307 return CIV == static_cast<uint64_t>(Val);
308 // If Val is negative, and CI is shorter than it, truncate to the right
309 // number of bits. If it is larger, then we have to sign extend. Just
310 // compare their negated values.
311 return -CIV == -Val;
312 }
313 return false;
314 }
315};
316
317/// Match a ConstantInt with a specific value.
318template <int64_t Val> inline constantint_match<Val> m_ConstantInt() {
319 return constantint_match<Val>();
320}
321
322/// This helper class is used to match constant scalars, vector splats,
323/// and fixed width vectors that satisfy a specified predicate.
324/// For fixed width vector constants, undefined elements are ignored.
325template <typename Predicate, typename ConstantVal>
326struct cstval_pred_ty : public Predicate {
327 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
328 if (const auto *CV = dyn_cast<ConstantVal>(V))
329 return this->isValue(CV->getValue());
330 if (const auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(V->getType())) {
331 if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) {
332 if (const auto *CV = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantVal>(C->getSplatValue()))
333 return this->isValue(CV->getValue());
334
335 // Number of elements of a scalable vector unknown at compile time
336 auto *FVTy = dyn_cast<FixedVectorType>(VTy);
337 if (!FVTy)
338 return false;
339
340 // Non-splat vector constant: check each element for a match.
341 unsigned NumElts = FVTy->getNumElements();
342 assert(NumElts != 0 && "Constant vector with no elements?")((void)0);
343 bool HasNonUndefElements = false;
344 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
345 Constant *Elt = C->getAggregateElement(i);
346 if (!Elt)
347 return false;
348 if (isa<UndefValue>(Elt))
349 continue;
350 auto *CV = dyn_cast<ConstantVal>(Elt);
351 if (!CV || !this->isValue(CV->getValue()))
352 return false;
353 HasNonUndefElements = true;
354 }
355 return HasNonUndefElements;
356 }
357 }
358 return false;
359 }
360};
361
362/// specialization of cstval_pred_ty for ConstantInt
363template <typename Predicate>
364using cst_pred_ty = cstval_pred_ty<Predicate, ConstantInt>;
365
366/// specialization of cstval_pred_ty for ConstantFP
367template <typename Predicate>
368using cstfp_pred_ty = cstval_pred_ty<Predicate, ConstantFP>;
369
370/// This helper class is used to match scalar and vector constants that
371/// satisfy a specified predicate, and bind them to an APInt.
372template <typename Predicate> struct api_pred_ty : public Predicate {
373 const APInt *&Res;
374
375 api_pred_ty(const APInt *&R) : Res(R) {}
376
377 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
378 if (const auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
379 if (this->isValue(CI->getValue())) {
380 Res = &CI->getValue();
381 return true;
382 }
383 if (V->getType()->isVectorTy())
384 if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
385 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(C->getSplatValue()))
386 if (this->isValue(CI->getValue())) {
387 Res = &CI->getValue();
388 return true;
389 }
390
391 return false;
392 }
393};
394
395/// This helper class is used to match scalar and vector constants that
396/// satisfy a specified predicate, and bind them to an APFloat.
397/// Undefs are allowed in splat vector constants.
398template <typename Predicate> struct apf_pred_ty : public Predicate {
399 const APFloat *&Res;
400
401 apf_pred_ty(const APFloat *&R) : Res(R) {}
402
403 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
404 if (const auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V))
405 if (this->isValue(CI->getValue())) {
406 Res = &CI->getValue();
407 return true;
408 }
409 if (V->getType()->isVectorTy())
410 if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
411 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantFP>(
412 C->getSplatValue(/* AllowUndef */ true)))
413 if (this->isValue(CI->getValue())) {
414 Res = &CI->getValue();
415 return true;
416 }
417
418 return false;
419 }
420};
421
422///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
423//
424// Encapsulate constant value queries for use in templated predicate matchers.
425// This allows checking if constants match using compound predicates and works
426// with vector constants, possibly with relaxed constraints. For example, ignore
427// undef values.
428//
429///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
430
431struct is_any_apint {
432 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return true; }
433};
434/// Match an integer or vector with any integral constant.
435/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
436inline cst_pred_ty<is_any_apint> m_AnyIntegralConstant() {
437 return cst_pred_ty<is_any_apint>();
438}
439
440struct is_all_ones {
441 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isAllOnesValue(); }
442};
443/// Match an integer or vector with all bits set.
444/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
445inline cst_pred_ty<is_all_ones> m_AllOnes() {
446 return cst_pred_ty<is_all_ones>();
447}
448
449struct is_maxsignedvalue {
450 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isMaxSignedValue(); }
451};
452/// Match an integer or vector with values having all bits except for the high
453/// bit set (0x7f...).
454/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
455inline cst_pred_ty<is_maxsignedvalue> m_MaxSignedValue() {
456 return cst_pred_ty<is_maxsignedvalue>();
457}
458inline api_pred_ty<is_maxsignedvalue> m_MaxSignedValue(const APInt *&V) {
459 return V;
460}
461
462struct is_negative {
463 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isNegative(); }
464};
465/// Match an integer or vector of negative values.
466/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
467inline cst_pred_ty<is_negative> m_Negative() {
468 return cst_pred_ty<is_negative>();
469}
470inline api_pred_ty<is_negative> m_Negative(const APInt *&V) {
471 return V;
472}
473
474struct is_nonnegative {
475 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isNonNegative(); }
476};
477/// Match an integer or vector of non-negative values.
478/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
479inline cst_pred_ty<is_nonnegative> m_NonNegative() {
480 return cst_pred_ty<is_nonnegative>();
481}
482inline api_pred_ty<is_nonnegative> m_NonNegative(const APInt *&V) {
483 return V;
484}
485
486struct is_strictlypositive {
487 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isStrictlyPositive(); }
488};
489/// Match an integer or vector of strictly positive values.
490/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
491inline cst_pred_ty<is_strictlypositive> m_StrictlyPositive() {
492 return cst_pred_ty<is_strictlypositive>();
493}
494inline api_pred_ty<is_strictlypositive> m_StrictlyPositive(const APInt *&V) {
495 return V;
496}
497
498struct is_nonpositive {
499 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isNonPositive(); }
500};
501/// Match an integer or vector of non-positive values.
502/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
503inline cst_pred_ty<is_nonpositive> m_NonPositive() {
504 return cst_pred_ty<is_nonpositive>();
505}
506inline api_pred_ty<is_nonpositive> m_NonPositive(const APInt *&V) { return V; }
507
508struct is_one {
509 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isOneValue(); }
510};
511/// Match an integer 1 or a vector with all elements equal to 1.
512/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
513inline cst_pred_ty<is_one> m_One() {
514 return cst_pred_ty<is_one>();
515}
516
517struct is_zero_int {
518 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isNullValue(); }
519};
520/// Match an integer 0 or a vector with all elements equal to 0.
521/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
522inline cst_pred_ty<is_zero_int> m_ZeroInt() {
523 return cst_pred_ty<is_zero_int>();
524}
525
526struct is_zero {
527 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
528 auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V);
529 // FIXME: this should be able to do something for scalable vectors
530 return C && (C->isNullValue() || cst_pred_ty<is_zero_int>().match(C));
531 }
532};
533/// Match any null constant or a vector with all elements equal to 0.
534/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
535inline is_zero m_Zero() {
536 return is_zero();
537}
538
539struct is_power2 {
540 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isPowerOf2(); }
541};
542/// Match an integer or vector power-of-2.
543/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
544inline cst_pred_ty<is_power2> m_Power2() {
545 return cst_pred_ty<is_power2>();
546}
547inline api_pred_ty<is_power2> m_Power2(const APInt *&V) {
548 return V;
549}
550
551struct is_negated_power2 {
552 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return (-C).isPowerOf2(); }
553};
554/// Match a integer or vector negated power-of-2.
555/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
556inline cst_pred_ty<is_negated_power2> m_NegatedPower2() {
557 return cst_pred_ty<is_negated_power2>();
558}
559inline api_pred_ty<is_negated_power2> m_NegatedPower2(const APInt *&V) {
560 return V;
561}
562
563struct is_power2_or_zero {
564 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return !C || C.isPowerOf2(); }
565};
566/// Match an integer or vector of 0 or power-of-2 values.
567/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
568inline cst_pred_ty<is_power2_or_zero> m_Power2OrZero() {
569 return cst_pred_ty<is_power2_or_zero>();
570}
571inline api_pred_ty<is_power2_or_zero> m_Power2OrZero(const APInt *&V) {
572 return V;
573}
574
575struct is_sign_mask {
576 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isSignMask(); }
577};
578/// Match an integer or vector with only the sign bit(s) set.
579/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
580inline cst_pred_ty<is_sign_mask> m_SignMask() {
581 return cst_pred_ty<is_sign_mask>();
582}
583
584struct is_lowbit_mask {
585 bool isValue(const APInt &C) { return C.isMask(); }
586};
587/// Match an integer or vector with only the low bit(s) set.
588/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
589inline cst_pred_ty<is_lowbit_mask> m_LowBitMask() {
590 return cst_pred_ty<is_lowbit_mask>();
591}
592
593struct icmp_pred_with_threshold {
594 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
595 const APInt *Thr;
596 bool isValue(const APInt &C) {
597 switch (Pred) {
598 case ICmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_EQ:
599 return C.eq(*Thr);
600 case ICmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_NE:
601 return C.ne(*Thr);
602 case ICmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_UGT:
603 return C.ugt(*Thr);
604 case ICmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_UGE:
605 return C.uge(*Thr);
606 case ICmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_ULT:
607 return C.ult(*Thr);
608 case ICmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_ULE:
609 return C.ule(*Thr);
610 case ICmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_SGT:
611 return C.sgt(*Thr);
612 case ICmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_SGE:
613 return C.sge(*Thr);
614 case ICmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_SLT:
615 return C.slt(*Thr);
616 case ICmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_SLE:
617 return C.sle(*Thr);
618 default:
619 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled ICmp predicate")__builtin_unreachable();
620 }
621 }
622};
623/// Match an integer or vector with every element comparing 'pred' (eg/ne/...)
624/// to Threshold. For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
625inline cst_pred_ty<icmp_pred_with_threshold>
626m_SpecificInt_ICMP(ICmpInst::Predicate Predicate, const APInt &Threshold) {
627 cst_pred_ty<icmp_pred_with_threshold> P;
628 P.Pred = Predicate;
629 P.Thr = &Threshold;
630 return P;
631}
632
633struct is_nan {
634 bool isValue(const APFloat &C) { return C.isNaN(); }
635};
636/// Match an arbitrary NaN constant. This includes quiet and signalling nans.
637/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
638inline cstfp_pred_ty<is_nan> m_NaN() {
639 return cstfp_pred_ty<is_nan>();
640}
641
642struct is_nonnan {
643 bool isValue(const APFloat &C) { return !C.isNaN(); }
644};
645/// Match a non-NaN FP constant.
646/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
647inline cstfp_pred_ty<is_nonnan> m_NonNaN() {
648 return cstfp_pred_ty<is_nonnan>();
649}
650
651struct is_inf {
652 bool isValue(const APFloat &C) { return C.isInfinity(); }
653};
654/// Match a positive or negative infinity FP constant.
655/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
656inline cstfp_pred_ty<is_inf> m_Inf() {
657 return cstfp_pred_ty<is_inf>();
658}
659
660struct is_noninf {
661 bool isValue(const APFloat &C) { return !C.isInfinity(); }
662};
663/// Match a non-infinity FP constant, i.e. finite or NaN.
664/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
665inline cstfp_pred_ty<is_noninf> m_NonInf() {
666 return cstfp_pred_ty<is_noninf>();
667}
668
669struct is_finite {
670 bool isValue(const APFloat &C) { return C.isFinite(); }
671};
672/// Match a finite FP constant, i.e. not infinity or NaN.
673/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
674inline cstfp_pred_ty<is_finite> m_Finite() {
675 return cstfp_pred_ty<is_finite>();
676}
677inline apf_pred_ty<is_finite> m_Finite(const APFloat *&V) { return V; }
678
679struct is_finitenonzero {
680 bool isValue(const APFloat &C) { return C.isFiniteNonZero(); }
681};
682/// Match a finite non-zero FP constant.
683/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
684inline cstfp_pred_ty<is_finitenonzero> m_FiniteNonZero() {
685 return cstfp_pred_ty<is_finitenonzero>();
686}
687inline apf_pred_ty<is_finitenonzero> m_FiniteNonZero(const APFloat *&V) {
688 return V;
689}
690
691struct is_any_zero_fp {
692 bool isValue(const APFloat &C) { return C.isZero(); }
693};
694/// Match a floating-point negative zero or positive zero.
695/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
696inline cstfp_pred_ty<is_any_zero_fp> m_AnyZeroFP() {
697 return cstfp_pred_ty<is_any_zero_fp>();
698}
699
700struct is_pos_zero_fp {
701 bool isValue(const APFloat &C) { return C.isPosZero(); }
702};
703/// Match a floating-point positive zero.
704/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
705inline cstfp_pred_ty<is_pos_zero_fp> m_PosZeroFP() {
706 return cstfp_pred_ty<is_pos_zero_fp>();
707}
708
709struct is_neg_zero_fp {
710 bool isValue(const APFloat &C) { return C.isNegZero(); }
711};
712/// Match a floating-point negative zero.
713/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
714inline cstfp_pred_ty<is_neg_zero_fp> m_NegZeroFP() {
715 return cstfp_pred_ty<is_neg_zero_fp>();
716}
717
718struct is_non_zero_fp {
719 bool isValue(const APFloat &C) { return C.isNonZero(); }
720};
721/// Match a floating-point non-zero.
722/// For vectors, this includes constants with undefined elements.
723inline cstfp_pred_ty<is_non_zero_fp> m_NonZeroFP() {
724 return cstfp_pred_ty<is_non_zero_fp>();
725}
726
727///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
728
729template <typename Class> struct bind_ty {
730 Class *&VR;
731
732 bind_ty(Class *&V) : VR(V) {}
733
734 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
735 if (auto *CV = dyn_cast<Class>(V)) {
736 VR = CV;
737 return true;
738 }
739 return false;
740 }
741};
742
743/// Match a value, capturing it if we match.
744inline bind_ty<Value> m_Value(Value *&V) { return V; }
745inline bind_ty<const Value> m_Value(const Value *&V) { return V; }
746
747/// Match an instruction, capturing it if we match.
748inline bind_ty<Instruction> m_Instruction(Instruction *&I) { return I; }
749/// Match a unary operator, capturing it if we match.
750inline bind_ty<UnaryOperator> m_UnOp(UnaryOperator *&I) { return I; }
751/// Match a binary operator, capturing it if we match.
752inline bind_ty<BinaryOperator> m_BinOp(BinaryOperator *&I) { return I; }
753/// Match a with overflow intrinsic, capturing it if we match.
754inline bind_ty<WithOverflowInst> m_WithOverflowInst(WithOverflowInst *&I) { return I; }
755inline bind_ty<const WithOverflowInst>
756m_WithOverflowInst(const WithOverflowInst *&I) {
757 return I;
758}
759
760/// Match a Constant, capturing the value if we match.
761inline bind_ty<Constant> m_Constant(Constant *&C) { return C; }
762
763/// Match a ConstantInt, capturing the value if we match.
764inline bind_ty<ConstantInt> m_ConstantInt(ConstantInt *&CI) { return CI; }
765
766/// Match a ConstantFP, capturing the value if we match.
767inline bind_ty<ConstantFP> m_ConstantFP(ConstantFP *&C) { return C; }
768
769/// Match a ConstantExpr, capturing the value if we match.
770inline bind_ty<ConstantExpr> m_ConstantExpr(ConstantExpr *&C) { return C; }
771
772/// Match a basic block value, capturing it if we match.
773inline bind_ty<BasicBlock> m_BasicBlock(BasicBlock *&V) { return V; }
774inline bind_ty<const BasicBlock> m_BasicBlock(const BasicBlock *&V) {
775 return V;
776}
777
778/// Match an arbitrary immediate Constant and ignore it.
779inline match_combine_and<class_match<Constant>,
780 match_unless<class_match<ConstantExpr>>>
781m_ImmConstant() {
782 return m_CombineAnd(m_Constant(), m_Unless(m_ConstantExpr()));
783}
784
785/// Match an immediate Constant, capturing the value if we match.
786inline match_combine_and<bind_ty<Constant>,
787 match_unless<class_match<ConstantExpr>>>
788m_ImmConstant(Constant *&C) {
789 return m_CombineAnd(m_Constant(C), m_Unless(m_ConstantExpr()));
790}
791
792/// Match a specified Value*.
793struct specificval_ty {
794 const Value *Val;
795
796 specificval_ty(const Value *V) : Val(V) {}
797
798 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) { return V == Val; }
799};
800
801/// Match if we have a specific specified value.
802inline specificval_ty m_Specific(const Value *V) { return V; }
803
804/// Stores a reference to the Value *, not the Value * itself,
805/// thus can be used in commutative matchers.
806template <typename Class> struct deferredval_ty {
807 Class *const &Val;
808
809 deferredval_ty(Class *const &V) : Val(V) {}
810
811 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *const V) { return V == Val; }
812};
813
814/// Like m_Specific(), but works if the specific value to match is determined
815/// as part of the same match() expression. For example:
816/// m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Specific(X)) is incorrect, because m_Specific() will
817/// bind X before the pattern match starts.
818/// m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Deferred(X)) is correct, and will check against
819/// whichever value m_Value(X) populated.
820inline deferredval_ty<Value> m_Deferred(Value *const &V) { return V; }
821inline deferredval_ty<const Value> m_Deferred(const Value *const &V) {
822 return V;
823}
824
825/// Match a specified floating point value or vector of all elements of
826/// that value.
827struct specific_fpval {
828 double Val;
829
830 specific_fpval(double V) : Val(V) {}
831
832 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
833 if (const auto *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V))
834 return CFP->isExactlyValue(Val);
835 if (V->getType()->isVectorTy())
836 if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
837 if (auto *CFP = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantFP>(C->getSplatValue()))
838 return CFP->isExactlyValue(Val);
839 return false;
840 }
841};
842
843/// Match a specific floating point value or vector with all elements
844/// equal to the value.
845inline specific_fpval m_SpecificFP(double V) { return specific_fpval(V); }
846
847/// Match a float 1.0 or vector with all elements equal to 1.0.
848inline specific_fpval m_FPOne() { return m_SpecificFP(1.0); }
849
850struct bind_const_intval_ty {
851 uint64_t &VR;
852
853 bind_const_intval_ty(uint64_t &V) : VR(V) {}
854
855 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
856 if (const auto *CV = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
857 if (CV->getValue().ule(UINT64_MAX0xffffffffffffffffULL)) {
858 VR = CV->getZExtValue();
859 return true;
860 }
861 return false;
862 }
863};
864
865/// Match a specified integer value or vector of all elements of that
866/// value.
867template <bool AllowUndefs>
868struct specific_intval {
869 APInt Val;
870
871 specific_intval(APInt V) : Val(std::move(V)) {}
872
873 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
874 const auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V);
875 if (!CI && V->getType()->isVectorTy())
876 if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
877 CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(C->getSplatValue(AllowUndefs));
878
879 return CI && APInt::isSameValue(CI->getValue(), Val);
880 }
881};
882
883/// Match a specific integer value or vector with all elements equal to
884/// the value.
885inline specific_intval<false> m_SpecificInt(APInt V) {
886 return specific_intval<false>(std::move(V));
887}
888
889inline specific_intval<false> m_SpecificInt(uint64_t V) {
890 return m_SpecificInt(APInt(64, V));
891}
892
893inline specific_intval<true> m_SpecificIntAllowUndef(APInt V) {
894 return specific_intval<true>(std::move(V));
895}
896
897inline specific_intval<true> m_SpecificIntAllowUndef(uint64_t V) {
898 return m_SpecificIntAllowUndef(APInt(64, V));
899}
900
901/// Match a ConstantInt and bind to its value. This does not match
902/// ConstantInts wider than 64-bits.
903inline bind_const_intval_ty m_ConstantInt(uint64_t &V) { return V; }
904
905/// Match a specified basic block value.
906struct specific_bbval {
907 BasicBlock *Val;
908
909 specific_bbval(BasicBlock *Val) : Val(Val) {}
910
911 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
912 const auto *BB = dyn_cast<BasicBlock>(V);
913 return BB && BB == Val;
914 }
915};
916
917/// Match a specific basic block value.
918inline specific_bbval m_SpecificBB(BasicBlock *BB) {
919 return specific_bbval(BB);
920}
921
922/// A commutative-friendly version of m_Specific().
923inline deferredval_ty<BasicBlock> m_Deferred(BasicBlock *const &BB) {
924 return BB;
925}
926inline deferredval_ty<const BasicBlock>
927m_Deferred(const BasicBlock *const &BB) {
928 return BB;
929}
930
931//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
932// Matcher for any binary operator.
933//
934template <typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, bool Commutable = false>
935struct AnyBinaryOp_match {
936 LHS_t L;
937 RHS_t R;
938
939 // The evaluation order is always stable, regardless of Commutability.
940 // The LHS is always matched first.
941 AnyBinaryOp_match(const LHS_t &LHS, const RHS_t &RHS) : L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
942
943 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
944 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V))
945 return (L.match(I->getOperand(0)) && R.match(I->getOperand(1))) ||
946 (Commutable && L.match(I->getOperand(1)) &&
947 R.match(I->getOperand(0)));
948 return false;
949 }
950};
951
952template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
953inline AnyBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS> m_BinOp(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
954 return AnyBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS>(L, R);
955}
956
957//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
958// Matcher for any unary operator.
959// TODO fuse unary, binary matcher into n-ary matcher
960//
961template <typename OP_t> struct AnyUnaryOp_match {
962 OP_t X;
963
964 AnyUnaryOp_match(const OP_t &X) : X(X) {}
965
966 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
967 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(V))
968 return X.match(I->getOperand(0));
969 return false;
970 }
971};
972
973template <typename OP_t> inline AnyUnaryOp_match<OP_t> m_UnOp(const OP_t &X) {
974 return AnyUnaryOp_match<OP_t>(X);
975}
976
977//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
978// Matchers for specific binary operators.
979//
980
981template <typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, unsigned Opcode,
982 bool Commutable = false>
983struct BinaryOp_match {
984 LHS_t L;
985 RHS_t R;
986
987 // The evaluation order is always stable, regardless of Commutability.
988 // The LHS is always matched first.
989 BinaryOp_match(const LHS_t &LHS, const RHS_t &RHS) : L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
990
991 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
992 if (V->getValueID() == Value::InstructionVal + Opcode) {
993 auto *I = cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
994 return (L.match(I->getOperand(0)) && R.match(I->getOperand(1))) ||
995 (Commutable && L.match(I->getOperand(1)) &&
996 R.match(I->getOperand(0)));
997 }
998 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
999 return CE->getOpcode() == Opcode &&
1000 ((L.match(CE->getOperand(0)) && R.match(CE->getOperand(1))) ||
1001 (Commutable && L.match(CE->getOperand(1)) &&
1002 R.match(CE->getOperand(0))));
1003 return false;
1004 }
1005};
1006
1007template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1008inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add> m_Add(const LHS &L,
1009 const RHS &R) {
1010 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add>(L, R);
1011}
1012
1013template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1014inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FAdd> m_FAdd(const LHS &L,
1015 const RHS &R) {
1016 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FAdd>(L, R);
1017}
1018
1019template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1020inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub> m_Sub(const LHS &L,
1021 const RHS &R) {
1022 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub>(L, R);
1023}
1024
1025template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1026inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FSub> m_FSub(const LHS &L,
1027 const RHS &R) {
1028 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FSub>(L, R);
1029}
1030
1031template <typename Op_t> struct FNeg_match {
1032 Op_t X;
1033
1034 FNeg_match(const Op_t &Op) : X(Op) {}
1035 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1036 auto *FPMO = dyn_cast<FPMathOperator>(V);
1037 if (!FPMO) return false;
1038
1039 if (FPMO->getOpcode() == Instruction::FNeg)
1040 return X.match(FPMO->getOperand(0));
1041
1042 if (FPMO->getOpcode() == Instruction::FSub) {
1043 if (FPMO->hasNoSignedZeros()) {
1044 // With 'nsz', any zero goes.
1045 if (!cstfp_pred_ty<is_any_zero_fp>().match(FPMO->getOperand(0)))
1046 return false;
1047 } else {
1048 // Without 'nsz', we need fsub -0.0, X exactly.
1049 if (!cstfp_pred_ty<is_neg_zero_fp>().match(FPMO->getOperand(0)))
1050 return false;
1051 }
1052
1053 return X.match(FPMO->getOperand(1));
1054 }
1055
1056 return false;
1057 }
1058};
1059
1060/// Match 'fneg X' as 'fsub -0.0, X'.
1061template <typename OpTy>
1062inline FNeg_match<OpTy>
1063m_FNeg(const OpTy &X) {
1064 return FNeg_match<OpTy>(X);
1065}
1066
1067/// Match 'fneg X' as 'fsub +-0.0, X'.
1068template <typename RHS>
1069inline BinaryOp_match<cstfp_pred_ty<is_any_zero_fp>, RHS, Instruction::FSub>
1070m_FNegNSZ(const RHS &X) {
1071 return m_FSub(m_AnyZeroFP(), X);
1072}
1073
1074template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1075inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul> m_Mul(const LHS &L,
1076 const RHS &R) {
1077 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul>(L, R);
1078}
1079
1080template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1081inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FMul> m_FMul(const LHS &L,
1082 const RHS &R) {
1083 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FMul>(L, R);
1084}
1085
1086template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1087inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::UDiv> m_UDiv(const LHS &L,
1088 const RHS &R) {
1089 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::UDiv>(L, R);
1090}
1091
1092template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1093inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::SDiv> m_SDiv(const LHS &L,
1094 const RHS &R) {
1095 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::SDiv>(L, R);
1096}
1097
1098template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1099inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FDiv> m_FDiv(const LHS &L,
1100 const RHS &R) {
1101 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FDiv>(L, R);
1102}
1103
1104template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1105inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::URem> m_URem(const LHS &L,
1106 const RHS &R) {
1107 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::URem>(L, R);
1108}
1109
1110template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1111inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::SRem> m_SRem(const LHS &L,
1112 const RHS &R) {
1113 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::SRem>(L, R);
1114}
1115
1116template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1117inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FRem> m_FRem(const LHS &L,
1118 const RHS &R) {
1119 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FRem>(L, R);
1120}
1121
1122template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1123inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::And> m_And(const LHS &L,
1124 const RHS &R) {
1125 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::And>(L, R);
1126}
1127
1128template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1129inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or> m_Or(const LHS &L,
1130 const RHS &R) {
1131 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or>(L, R);
1132}
1133
1134template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1135inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor> m_Xor(const LHS &L,
1136 const RHS &R) {
1137 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor>(L, R);
1138}
1139
1140template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1141inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl> m_Shl(const LHS &L,
1142 const RHS &R) {
1143 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl>(L, R);
1144}
1145
1146template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1147inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr> m_LShr(const LHS &L,
1148 const RHS &R) {
1149 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr>(L, R);
1150}
1151
1152template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1153inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::AShr> m_AShr(const LHS &L,
1154 const RHS &R) {
1155 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::AShr>(L, R);
1156}
1157
1158template <typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, unsigned Opcode,
1159 unsigned WrapFlags = 0>
1160struct OverflowingBinaryOp_match {
1161 LHS_t L;
1162 RHS_t R;
1163
1164 OverflowingBinaryOp_match(const LHS_t &LHS, const RHS_t &RHS)
1165 : L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
1166
1167 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1168 if (auto *Op = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V)) {
1169 if (Op->getOpcode() != Opcode)
1170 return false;
1171 if ((WrapFlags & OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap) &&
1172 !Op->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
1173 return false;
1174 if ((WrapFlags & OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap) &&
1175 !Op->hasNoSignedWrap())
1176 return false;
1177 return L.match(Op->getOperand(0)) && R.match(Op->getOperand(1));
1178 }
1179 return false;
1180 }
1181};
1182
1183template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1184inline OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add,
1185 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap>
1186m_NSWAdd(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1187 return OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add,
1188 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap>(
1189 L, R);
1190}
1191template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1192inline OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub,
1193 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap>
1194m_NSWSub(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1195 return OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub,
1196 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap>(
1197 L, R);
1198}
1199template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1200inline OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul,
1201 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap>
1202m_NSWMul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1203 return OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul,
1204 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap>(
1205 L, R);
1206}
1207template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1208inline OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl,
1209 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap>
1210m_NSWShl(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1211 return OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl,
1212 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap>(
1213 L, R);
1214}
1215
1216template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1217inline OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add,
1218 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap>
1219m_NUWAdd(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1220 return OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add,
1221 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap>(
1222 L, R);
1223}
1224template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1225inline OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub,
1226 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap>
1227m_NUWSub(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1228 return OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub,
1229 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap>(
1230 L, R);
1231}
1232template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1233inline OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul,
1234 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap>
1235m_NUWMul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1236 return OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul,
1237 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap>(
1238 L, R);
1239}
1240template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1241inline OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl,
1242 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap>
1243m_NUWShl(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1244 return OverflowingBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl,
1245 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap>(
1246 L, R);
1247}
1248
1249//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1250// Class that matches a group of binary opcodes.
1251//
1252template <typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, typename Predicate>
1253struct BinOpPred_match : Predicate {
1254 LHS_t L;
1255 RHS_t R;
1256
1257 BinOpPred_match(const LHS_t &LHS, const RHS_t &RHS) : L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
1258
1259 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1260 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
1261 return this->isOpType(I->getOpcode()) && L.match(I->getOperand(0)) &&
1262 R.match(I->getOperand(1));
1263 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
1264 return this->isOpType(CE->getOpcode()) && L.match(CE->getOperand(0)) &&
1265 R.match(CE->getOperand(1));
1266 return false;
1267 }
1268};
1269
1270struct is_shift_op {
1271 bool isOpType(unsigned Opcode) { return Instruction::isShift(Opcode); }
1272};
1273
1274struct is_right_shift_op {
1275 bool isOpType(unsigned Opcode) {
1276 return Opcode == Instruction::LShr || Opcode == Instruction::AShr;
1277 }
1278};
1279
1280struct is_logical_shift_op {
1281 bool isOpType(unsigned Opcode) {
1282 return Opcode == Instruction::LShr || Opcode == Instruction::Shl;
1283 }
1284};
1285
1286struct is_bitwiselogic_op {
1287 bool isOpType(unsigned Opcode) {
1288 return Instruction::isBitwiseLogicOp(Opcode);
1289 }
1290};
1291
1292struct is_idiv_op {
1293 bool isOpType(unsigned Opcode) {
1294 return Opcode == Instruction::SDiv || Opcode == Instruction::UDiv;
1295 }
1296};
1297
1298struct is_irem_op {
1299 bool isOpType(unsigned Opcode) {
1300 return Opcode == Instruction::SRem || Opcode == Instruction::URem;
1301 }
1302};
1303
1304/// Matches shift operations.
1305template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1306inline BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_shift_op> m_Shift(const LHS &L,
1307 const RHS &R) {
1308 return BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_shift_op>(L, R);
1309}
1310
1311/// Matches logical shift operations.
1312template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1313inline BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_right_shift_op> m_Shr(const LHS &L,
1314 const RHS &R) {
1315 return BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_right_shift_op>(L, R);
1316}
1317
1318/// Matches logical shift operations.
1319template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1320inline BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_logical_shift_op>
1321m_LogicalShift(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1322 return BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_logical_shift_op>(L, R);
1323}
1324
1325/// Matches bitwise logic operations.
1326template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1327inline BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_bitwiselogic_op>
1328m_BitwiseLogic(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1329 return BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_bitwiselogic_op>(L, R);
1330}
1331
1332/// Matches integer division operations.
1333template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1334inline BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_idiv_op> m_IDiv(const LHS &L,
1335 const RHS &R) {
1336 return BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_idiv_op>(L, R);
1337}
1338
1339/// Matches integer remainder operations.
1340template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1341inline BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_irem_op> m_IRem(const LHS &L,
1342 const RHS &R) {
1343 return BinOpPred_match<LHS, RHS, is_irem_op>(L, R);
1344}
1345
1346//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1347// Class that matches exact binary ops.
1348//
1349template <typename SubPattern_t> struct Exact_match {
1350 SubPattern_t SubPattern;
1351
1352 Exact_match(const SubPattern_t &SP) : SubPattern(SP) {}
1353
1354 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1355 if (auto *PEO = dyn_cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(V))
1356 return PEO->isExact() && SubPattern.match(V);
1357 return false;
1358 }
1359};
1360
1361template <typename T> inline Exact_match<T> m_Exact(const T &SubPattern) {
1362 return SubPattern;
1363}
1364
1365//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1366// Matchers for CmpInst classes
1367//
1368
1369template <typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, typename Class, typename PredicateTy,
1370 bool Commutable = false>
1371struct CmpClass_match {
1372 PredicateTy &Predicate;
1373 LHS_t L;
1374 RHS_t R;
1375
1376 // The evaluation order is always stable, regardless of Commutability.
1377 // The LHS is always matched first.
1378 CmpClass_match(PredicateTy &Pred, const LHS_t &LHS, const RHS_t &RHS)
1379 : Predicate(Pred), L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
1380
1381 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1382 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Class>(V)) {
1383 if (L.match(I->getOperand(0)) && R.match(I->getOperand(1))) {
1384 Predicate = I->getPredicate();
1385 return true;
1386 } else if (Commutable && L.match(I->getOperand(1)) &&
1387 R.match(I->getOperand(0))) {
1388 Predicate = I->getSwappedPredicate();
1389 return true;
1390 }
1391 }
1392 return false;
1393 }
1394};
1395
1396template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1397inline CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, CmpInst, CmpInst::Predicate>
1398m_Cmp(CmpInst::Predicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1399 return CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, CmpInst, CmpInst::Predicate>(Pred, L, R);
1400}
1401
1402template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1403inline CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, ICmpInst, ICmpInst::Predicate>
1404m_ICmp(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1405 return CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, ICmpInst, ICmpInst::Predicate>(Pred, L, R);
1406}
1407
1408template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1409inline CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, FCmpInst, FCmpInst::Predicate>
1410m_FCmp(FCmpInst::Predicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1411 return CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, FCmpInst, FCmpInst::Predicate>(Pred, L, R);
1412}
1413
1414//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1415// Matchers for instructions with a given opcode and number of operands.
1416//
1417
1418/// Matches instructions with Opcode and three operands.
1419template <typename T0, unsigned Opcode> struct OneOps_match {
1420 T0 Op1;
1421
1422 OneOps_match(const T0 &Op1) : Op1(Op1) {}
1423
1424 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1425 if (V->getValueID() == Value::InstructionVal + Opcode) {
1426 auto *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
1427 return Op1.match(I->getOperand(0));
1428 }
1429 return false;
1430 }
1431};
1432
1433/// Matches instructions with Opcode and three operands.
1434template <typename T0, typename T1, unsigned Opcode> struct TwoOps_match {
1435 T0 Op1;
1436 T1 Op2;
1437
1438 TwoOps_match(const T0 &Op1, const T1 &Op2) : Op1(Op1), Op2(Op2) {}
1439
1440 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1441 if (V->getValueID() == Value::InstructionVal + Opcode) {
1442 auto *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
1443 return Op1.match(I->getOperand(0)) && Op2.match(I->getOperand(1));
1444 }
1445 return false;
1446 }
1447};
1448
1449/// Matches instructions with Opcode and three operands.
1450template <typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, unsigned Opcode>
1451struct ThreeOps_match {
1452 T0 Op1;
1453 T1 Op2;
1454 T2 Op3;
1455
1456 ThreeOps_match(const T0 &Op1, const T1 &Op2, const T2 &Op3)
1457 : Op1(Op1), Op2(Op2), Op3(Op3) {}
1458
1459 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1460 if (V->getValueID() == Value::InstructionVal + Opcode) {
30
Assuming the condition is true
31
Taking true branch
1461 auto *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
32
'V' is a 'Instruction'
1462 return Op1.match(I->getOperand(0)) && Op2.match(I->getOperand(1)) &&
33
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later
1463 Op3.match(I->getOperand(2));
1464 }
1465 return false;
1466 }
1467};
1468
1469/// Matches SelectInst.
1470template <typename Cond, typename LHS, typename RHS>
1471inline ThreeOps_match<Cond, LHS, RHS, Instruction::Select>
1472m_Select(const Cond &C, const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1473 return ThreeOps_match<Cond, LHS, RHS, Instruction::Select>(C, L, R);
1474}
1475
1476/// This matches a select of two constants, e.g.:
1477/// m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Value(V))
1478template <int64_t L, int64_t R, typename Cond>
1479inline ThreeOps_match<Cond, constantint_match<L>, constantint_match<R>,
1480 Instruction::Select>
1481m_SelectCst(const Cond &C) {
1482 return m_Select(C, m_ConstantInt<L>(), m_ConstantInt<R>());
1483}
1484
1485/// Matches FreezeInst.
1486template <typename OpTy>
1487inline OneOps_match<OpTy, Instruction::Freeze> m_Freeze(const OpTy &Op) {
1488 return OneOps_match<OpTy, Instruction::Freeze>(Op);
1489}
1490
1491/// Matches InsertElementInst.
1492template <typename Val_t, typename Elt_t, typename Idx_t>
1493inline ThreeOps_match<Val_t, Elt_t, Idx_t, Instruction::InsertElement>
1494m_InsertElt(const Val_t &Val, const Elt_t &Elt, const Idx_t &Idx) {
1495 return ThreeOps_match<Val_t, Elt_t, Idx_t, Instruction::InsertElement>(
1496 Val, Elt, Idx);
1497}
1498
1499/// Matches ExtractElementInst.
1500template <typename Val_t, typename Idx_t>
1501inline TwoOps_match<Val_t, Idx_t, Instruction::ExtractElement>
1502m_ExtractElt(const Val_t &Val, const Idx_t &Idx) {
1503 return TwoOps_match<Val_t, Idx_t, Instruction::ExtractElement>(Val, Idx);
1504}
1505
1506/// Matches shuffle.
1507template <typename T0, typename T1, typename T2> struct Shuffle_match {
1508 T0 Op1;
1509 T1 Op2;
1510 T2 Mask;
1511
1512 Shuffle_match(const T0 &Op1, const T1 &Op2, const T2 &Mask)
1513 : Op1(Op1), Op2(Op2), Mask(Mask) {}
1514
1515 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1516 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(V)) {
1517 return Op1.match(I->getOperand(0)) && Op2.match(I->getOperand(1)) &&
1518 Mask.match(I->getShuffleMask());
1519 }
1520 return false;
1521 }
1522};
1523
1524struct m_Mask {
1525 ArrayRef<int> &MaskRef;
1526 m_Mask(ArrayRef<int> &MaskRef) : MaskRef(MaskRef) {}
1527 bool match(ArrayRef<int> Mask) {
1528 MaskRef = Mask;
1529 return true;
1530 }
1531};
1532
1533struct m_ZeroMask {
1534 bool match(ArrayRef<int> Mask) {
1535 return all_of(Mask, [](int Elem) { return Elem == 0 || Elem == -1; });
1536 }
1537};
1538
1539struct m_SpecificMask {
1540 ArrayRef<int> &MaskRef;
1541 m_SpecificMask(ArrayRef<int> &MaskRef) : MaskRef(MaskRef) {}
1542 bool match(ArrayRef<int> Mask) { return MaskRef == Mask; }
1543};
1544
1545struct m_SplatOrUndefMask {
1546 int &SplatIndex;
1547 m_SplatOrUndefMask(int &SplatIndex) : SplatIndex(SplatIndex) {}
1548 bool match(ArrayRef<int> Mask) {
1549 auto First = find_if(Mask, [](int Elem) { return Elem != -1; });
1550 if (First == Mask.end())
1551 return false;
1552 SplatIndex = *First;
1553 return all_of(Mask,
1554 [First](int Elem) { return Elem == *First || Elem == -1; });
1555 }
1556};
1557
1558/// Matches ShuffleVectorInst independently of mask value.
1559template <typename V1_t, typename V2_t>
1560inline TwoOps_match<V1_t, V2_t, Instruction::ShuffleVector>
1561m_Shuffle(const V1_t &v1, const V2_t &v2) {
1562 return TwoOps_match<V1_t, V2_t, Instruction::ShuffleVector>(v1, v2);
1563}
1564
1565template <typename V1_t, typename V2_t, typename Mask_t>
1566inline Shuffle_match<V1_t, V2_t, Mask_t>
1567m_Shuffle(const V1_t &v1, const V2_t &v2, const Mask_t &mask) {
1568 return Shuffle_match<V1_t, V2_t, Mask_t>(v1, v2, mask);
1569}
1570
1571/// Matches LoadInst.
1572template <typename OpTy>
1573inline OneOps_match<OpTy, Instruction::Load> m_Load(const OpTy &Op) {
1574 return OneOps_match<OpTy, Instruction::Load>(Op);
1575}
1576
1577/// Matches StoreInst.
1578template <typename ValueOpTy, typename PointerOpTy>
1579inline TwoOps_match<ValueOpTy, PointerOpTy, Instruction::Store>
1580m_Store(const ValueOpTy &ValueOp, const PointerOpTy &PointerOp) {
1581 return TwoOps_match<ValueOpTy, PointerOpTy, Instruction::Store>(ValueOp,
1582 PointerOp);
1583}
1584
1585//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1586// Matchers for CastInst classes
1587//
1588
1589template <typename Op_t, unsigned Opcode> struct CastClass_match {
1590 Op_t Op;
1591
1592 CastClass_match(const Op_t &OpMatch) : Op(OpMatch) {}
1593
1594 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1595 if (auto *O = dyn_cast<Operator>(V))
1596 return O->getOpcode() == Opcode && Op.match(O->getOperand(0));
1597 return false;
1598 }
1599};
1600
1601/// Matches BitCast.
1602template <typename OpTy>
1603inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::BitCast> m_BitCast(const OpTy &Op) {
1604 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::BitCast>(Op);
1605}
1606
1607/// Matches PtrToInt.
1608template <typename OpTy>
1609inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::PtrToInt> m_PtrToInt(const OpTy &Op) {
1610 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::PtrToInt>(Op);
1611}
1612
1613/// Matches IntToPtr.
1614template <typename OpTy>
1615inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::IntToPtr> m_IntToPtr(const OpTy &Op) {
1616 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::IntToPtr>(Op);
1617}
1618
1619/// Matches Trunc.
1620template <typename OpTy>
1621inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::Trunc> m_Trunc(const OpTy &Op) {
1622 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::Trunc>(Op);
1623}
1624
1625template <typename OpTy>
1626inline match_combine_or<CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::Trunc>, OpTy>
1627m_TruncOrSelf(const OpTy &Op) {
1628 return m_CombineOr(m_Trunc(Op), Op);
1629}
1630
1631/// Matches SExt.
1632template <typename OpTy>
1633inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SExt> m_SExt(const OpTy &Op) {
1634 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SExt>(Op);
1635}
1636
1637/// Matches ZExt.
1638template <typename OpTy>
1639inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::ZExt> m_ZExt(const OpTy &Op) {
1640 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::ZExt>(Op);
1641}
1642
1643template <typename OpTy>
1644inline match_combine_or<CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::ZExt>, OpTy>
1645m_ZExtOrSelf(const OpTy &Op) {
1646 return m_CombineOr(m_ZExt(Op), Op);
1647}
1648
1649template <typename OpTy>
1650inline match_combine_or<CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SExt>, OpTy>
1651m_SExtOrSelf(const OpTy &Op) {
1652 return m_CombineOr(m_SExt(Op), Op);
1653}
1654
1655template <typename OpTy>
1656inline match_combine_or<CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::ZExt>,
1657 CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SExt>>
1658m_ZExtOrSExt(const OpTy &Op) {
1659 return m_CombineOr(m_ZExt(Op), m_SExt(Op));
1660}
1661
1662template <typename OpTy>
1663inline match_combine_or<
1664 match_combine_or<CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::ZExt>,
1665 CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SExt>>,
1666 OpTy>
1667m_ZExtOrSExtOrSelf(const OpTy &Op) {
1668 return m_CombineOr(m_ZExtOrSExt(Op), Op);
1669}
1670
1671template <typename OpTy>
1672inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::UIToFP> m_UIToFP(const OpTy &Op) {
1673 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::UIToFP>(Op);
1674}
1675
1676template <typename OpTy>
1677inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SIToFP> m_SIToFP(const OpTy &Op) {
1678 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::SIToFP>(Op);
1679}
1680
1681template <typename OpTy>
1682inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::FPToUI> m_FPToUI(const OpTy &Op) {
1683 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::FPToUI>(Op);
1684}
1685
1686template <typename OpTy>
1687inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::FPToSI> m_FPToSI(const OpTy &Op) {
1688 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::FPToSI>(Op);
1689}
1690
1691template <typename OpTy>
1692inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::FPTrunc> m_FPTrunc(const OpTy &Op) {
1693 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::FPTrunc>(Op);
1694}
1695
1696template <typename OpTy>
1697inline CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::FPExt> m_FPExt(const OpTy &Op) {
1698 return CastClass_match<OpTy, Instruction::FPExt>(Op);
1699}
1700
1701//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1702// Matchers for control flow.
1703//
1704
1705struct br_match {
1706 BasicBlock *&Succ;
1707
1708 br_match(BasicBlock *&Succ) : Succ(Succ) {}
1709
1710 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1711 if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(V))
1712 if (BI->isUnconditional()) {
1713 Succ = BI->getSuccessor(0);
1714 return true;
1715 }
1716 return false;
1717 }
1718};
1719
1720inline br_match m_UnconditionalBr(BasicBlock *&Succ) { return br_match(Succ); }
1721
1722template <typename Cond_t, typename TrueBlock_t, typename FalseBlock_t>
1723struct brc_match {
1724 Cond_t Cond;
1725 TrueBlock_t T;
1726 FalseBlock_t F;
1727
1728 brc_match(const Cond_t &C, const TrueBlock_t &t, const FalseBlock_t &f)
1729 : Cond(C), T(t), F(f) {}
1730
1731 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1732 if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(V))
1733 if (BI->isConditional() && Cond.match(BI->getCondition()))
1734 return T.match(BI->getSuccessor(0)) && F.match(BI->getSuccessor(1));
1735 return false;
1736 }
1737};
1738
1739template <typename Cond_t>
1740inline brc_match<Cond_t, bind_ty<BasicBlock>, bind_ty<BasicBlock>>
1741m_Br(const Cond_t &C, BasicBlock *&T, BasicBlock *&F) {
1742 return brc_match<Cond_t, bind_ty<BasicBlock>, bind_ty<BasicBlock>>(
1743 C, m_BasicBlock(T), m_BasicBlock(F));
1744}
1745
1746template <typename Cond_t, typename TrueBlock_t, typename FalseBlock_t>
1747inline brc_match<Cond_t, TrueBlock_t, FalseBlock_t>
1748m_Br(const Cond_t &C, const TrueBlock_t &T, const FalseBlock_t &F) {
1749 return brc_match<Cond_t, TrueBlock_t, FalseBlock_t>(C, T, F);
1750}
1751
1752//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1753// Matchers for max/min idioms, eg: "select (sgt x, y), x, y" -> smax(x,y).
1754//
1755
1756template <typename CmpInst_t, typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, typename Pred_t,
1757 bool Commutable = false>
1758struct MaxMin_match {
1759 using PredType = Pred_t;
1760 LHS_t L;
1761 RHS_t R;
1762
1763 // The evaluation order is always stable, regardless of Commutability.
1764 // The LHS is always matched first.
1765 MaxMin_match(const LHS_t &LHS, const RHS_t &RHS) : L(LHS), R(RHS) {}
1766
1767 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1768 if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(V)) {
1769 Intrinsic::ID IID = II->getIntrinsicID();
1770 if ((IID == Intrinsic::smax && Pred_t::match(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)) ||
1771 (IID == Intrinsic::smin && Pred_t::match(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT)) ||
1772 (IID == Intrinsic::umax && Pred_t::match(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)) ||
1773 (IID == Intrinsic::umin && Pred_t::match(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT))) {
1774 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(0), *RHS = II->getOperand(1);
1775 return (L.match(LHS) && R.match(RHS)) ||
1776 (Commutable && L.match(RHS) && R.match(LHS));
1777 }
1778 }
1779 // Look for "(x pred y) ? x : y" or "(x pred y) ? y : x".
1780 auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V);
1781 if (!SI)
1782 return false;
1783 auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst_t>(SI->getCondition());
1784 if (!Cmp)
1785 return false;
1786 // At this point we have a select conditioned on a comparison. Check that
1787 // it is the values returned by the select that are being compared.
1788 auto *TrueVal = SI->getTrueValue();
1789 auto *FalseVal = SI->getFalseValue();
1790 auto *LHS = Cmp->getOperand(0);
1791 auto *RHS = Cmp->getOperand(1);
1792 if ((TrueVal != LHS || FalseVal != RHS) &&
1793 (TrueVal != RHS || FalseVal != LHS))
1794 return false;
1795 typename CmpInst_t::Predicate Pred =
1796 LHS == TrueVal ? Cmp->getPredicate() : Cmp->getInversePredicate();
1797 // Does "(x pred y) ? x : y" represent the desired max/min operation?
1798 if (!Pred_t::match(Pred))
1799 return false;
1800 // It does! Bind the operands.
1801 return (L.match(LHS) && R.match(RHS)) ||
1802 (Commutable && L.match(RHS) && R.match(LHS));
1803 }
1804};
1805
1806/// Helper class for identifying signed max predicates.
1807struct smax_pred_ty {
1808 static bool match(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
1809 return Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT || Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
1810 }
1811};
1812
1813/// Helper class for identifying signed min predicates.
1814struct smin_pred_ty {
1815 static bool match(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
1816 return Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
1817 }
1818};
1819
1820/// Helper class for identifying unsigned max predicates.
1821struct umax_pred_ty {
1822 static bool match(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
1823 return Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_UGT || Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
1824 }
1825};
1826
1827/// Helper class for identifying unsigned min predicates.
1828struct umin_pred_ty {
1829 static bool match(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
1830 return Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT || Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
1831 }
1832};
1833
1834/// Helper class for identifying ordered max predicates.
1835struct ofmax_pred_ty {
1836 static bool match(FCmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
1837 return Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_OGT || Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_OGE;
1838 }
1839};
1840
1841/// Helper class for identifying ordered min predicates.
1842struct ofmin_pred_ty {
1843 static bool match(FCmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
1844 return Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_OLT || Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_OLE;
1845 }
1846};
1847
1848/// Helper class for identifying unordered max predicates.
1849struct ufmax_pred_ty {
1850 static bool match(FCmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
1851 return Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_UGT || Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_UGE;
1852 }
1853};
1854
1855/// Helper class for identifying unordered min predicates.
1856struct ufmin_pred_ty {
1857 static bool match(FCmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
1858 return Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_ULT || Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_ULE;
1859 }
1860};
1861
1862template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1863inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty> m_SMax(const LHS &L,
1864 const RHS &R) {
1865 return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty>(L, R);
1866}
1867
1868template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1869inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty> m_SMin(const LHS &L,
1870 const RHS &R) {
1871 return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty>(L, R);
1872}
1873
1874template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1875inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty> m_UMax(const LHS &L,
1876 const RHS &R) {
1877 return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty>(L, R);
1878}
1879
1880template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1881inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty> m_UMin(const LHS &L,
1882 const RHS &R) {
1883 return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty>(L, R);
1884}
1885
1886template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1887inline match_combine_or<
1888 match_combine_or<MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty>,
1889 MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty>>,
1890 match_combine_or<MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty>,
1891 MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty>>>
1892m_MaxOrMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1893 return m_CombineOr(m_CombineOr(m_SMax(L, R), m_SMin(L, R)),
1894 m_CombineOr(m_UMax(L, R), m_UMin(L, R)));
1895}
1896
1897/// Match an 'ordered' floating point maximum function.
1898/// Floating point has one special value 'NaN'. Therefore, there is no total
1899/// order. However, if we can ignore the 'NaN' value (for example, because of a
1900/// 'no-nans-float-math' flag) a combination of a fcmp and select has 'maximum'
1901/// semantics. In the presence of 'NaN' we have to preserve the original
1902/// select(fcmp(ogt/ge, L, R), L, R) semantics matched by this predicate.
1903///
1904/// max(L, R) iff L and R are not NaN
1905/// m_OrdFMax(L, R) = R iff L or R are NaN
1906template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1907inline MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ofmax_pred_ty> m_OrdFMax(const LHS &L,
1908 const RHS &R) {
1909 return MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ofmax_pred_ty>(L, R);
1910}
1911
1912/// Match an 'ordered' floating point minimum function.
1913/// Floating point has one special value 'NaN'. Therefore, there is no total
1914/// order. However, if we can ignore the 'NaN' value (for example, because of a
1915/// 'no-nans-float-math' flag) a combination of a fcmp and select has 'minimum'
1916/// semantics. In the presence of 'NaN' we have to preserve the original
1917/// select(fcmp(olt/le, L, R), L, R) semantics matched by this predicate.
1918///
1919/// min(L, R) iff L and R are not NaN
1920/// m_OrdFMin(L, R) = R iff L or R are NaN
1921template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1922inline MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ofmin_pred_ty> m_OrdFMin(const LHS &L,
1923 const RHS &R) {
1924 return MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ofmin_pred_ty>(L, R);
1925}
1926
1927/// Match an 'unordered' floating point maximum function.
1928/// Floating point has one special value 'NaN'. Therefore, there is no total
1929/// order. However, if we can ignore the 'NaN' value (for example, because of a
1930/// 'no-nans-float-math' flag) a combination of a fcmp and select has 'maximum'
1931/// semantics. In the presence of 'NaN' we have to preserve the original
1932/// select(fcmp(ugt/ge, L, R), L, R) semantics matched by this predicate.
1933///
1934/// max(L, R) iff L and R are not NaN
1935/// m_UnordFMax(L, R) = L iff L or R are NaN
1936template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1937inline MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ufmax_pred_ty>
1938m_UnordFMax(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1939 return MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ufmax_pred_ty>(L, R);
1940}
1941
1942/// Match an 'unordered' floating point minimum function.
1943/// Floating point has one special value 'NaN'. Therefore, there is no total
1944/// order. However, if we can ignore the 'NaN' value (for example, because of a
1945/// 'no-nans-float-math' flag) a combination of a fcmp and select has 'minimum'
1946/// semantics. In the presence of 'NaN' we have to preserve the original
1947/// select(fcmp(ult/le, L, R), L, R) semantics matched by this predicate.
1948///
1949/// min(L, R) iff L and R are not NaN
1950/// m_UnordFMin(L, R) = L iff L or R are NaN
1951template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
1952inline MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ufmin_pred_ty>
1953m_UnordFMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
1954 return MaxMin_match<FCmpInst, LHS, RHS, ufmin_pred_ty>(L, R);
1955}
1956
1957//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1958// Matchers for overflow check patterns: e.g. (a + b) u< a, (a ^ -1) <u b
1959// Note that S might be matched to other instructions than AddInst.
1960//
1961
1962template <typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, typename Sum_t>
1963struct UAddWithOverflow_match {
1964 LHS_t L;
1965 RHS_t R;
1966 Sum_t S;
1967
1968 UAddWithOverflow_match(const LHS_t &L, const RHS_t &R, const Sum_t &S)
1969 : L(L), R(R), S(S) {}
1970
1971 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
1972 Value *ICmpLHS, *ICmpRHS;
1973 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1974 if (!m_ICmp(Pred, m_Value(ICmpLHS), m_Value(ICmpRHS)).match(V))
1975 return false;
1976
1977 Value *AddLHS, *AddRHS;
1978 auto AddExpr = m_Add(m_Value(AddLHS), m_Value(AddRHS));
1979
1980 // (a + b) u< a, (a + b) u< b
1981 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
1982 if (AddExpr.match(ICmpLHS) && (ICmpRHS == AddLHS || ICmpRHS == AddRHS))
1983 return L.match(AddLHS) && R.match(AddRHS) && S.match(ICmpLHS);
1984
1985 // a >u (a + b), b >u (a + b)
1986 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
1987 if (AddExpr.match(ICmpRHS) && (ICmpLHS == AddLHS || ICmpLHS == AddRHS))
1988 return L.match(AddLHS) && R.match(AddRHS) && S.match(ICmpRHS);
1989
1990 Value *Op1;
1991 auto XorExpr = m_OneUse(m_Xor(m_Value(Op1), m_AllOnes()));
1992 // (a ^ -1) <u b
1993 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT) {
1994 if (XorExpr.match(ICmpLHS))
1995 return L.match(Op1) && R.match(ICmpRHS) && S.match(ICmpLHS);
1996 }
1997 // b > u (a ^ -1)
1998 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT) {
1999 if (XorExpr.match(ICmpRHS))
2000 return L.match(Op1) && R.match(ICmpLHS) && S.match(ICmpRHS);
2001 }
2002
2003 // Match special-case for increment-by-1.
2004 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) {
2005 // (a + 1) == 0
2006 // (1 + a) == 0
2007 if (AddExpr.match(ICmpLHS) && m_ZeroInt().match(ICmpRHS) &&
2008 (m_One().match(AddLHS) || m_One().match(AddRHS)))
2009 return L.match(AddLHS) && R.match(AddRHS) && S.match(ICmpLHS);
2010 // 0 == (a + 1)
2011 // 0 == (1 + a)
2012 if (m_ZeroInt().match(ICmpLHS) && AddExpr.match(ICmpRHS) &&
2013 (m_One().match(AddLHS) || m_One().match(AddRHS)))
2014 return L.match(AddLHS) && R.match(AddRHS) && S.match(ICmpRHS);
2015 }
2016
2017 return false;
2018 }
2019};
2020
2021/// Match an icmp instruction checking for unsigned overflow on addition.
2022///
2023/// S is matched to the addition whose result is being checked for overflow, and
2024/// L and R are matched to the LHS and RHS of S.
2025template <typename LHS_t, typename RHS_t, typename Sum_t>
2026UAddWithOverflow_match<LHS_t, RHS_t, Sum_t>
2027m_UAddWithOverflow(const LHS_t &L, const RHS_t &R, const Sum_t &S) {
2028 return UAddWithOverflow_match<LHS_t, RHS_t, Sum_t>(L, R, S);
2029}
2030
2031template <typename Opnd_t> struct Argument_match {
2032 unsigned OpI;
2033 Opnd_t Val;
2034
2035 Argument_match(unsigned OpIdx, const Opnd_t &V) : OpI(OpIdx), Val(V) {}
2036
2037 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
2038 // FIXME: Should likely be switched to use `CallBase`.
2039 if (const auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(V))
2040 return Val.match(CI->getArgOperand(OpI));
2041 return false;
2042 }
2043};
2044
2045/// Match an argument.
2046template <unsigned OpI, typename Opnd_t>
2047inline Argument_match<Opnd_t> m_Argument(const Opnd_t &Op) {
2048 return Argument_match<Opnd_t>(OpI, Op);
2049}
2050
2051/// Intrinsic matchers.
2052struct IntrinsicID_match {
2053 unsigned ID;
2054
2055 IntrinsicID_match(Intrinsic::ID IntrID) : ID(IntrID) {}
2056
2057 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
2058 if (const auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(V))
2059 if (const auto *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
2060 return F->getIntrinsicID() == ID;
2061 return false;
2062 }
2063};
2064
2065/// Intrinsic matches are combinations of ID matchers, and argument
2066/// matchers. Higher arity matcher are defined recursively in terms of and-ing
2067/// them with lower arity matchers. Here's some convenient typedefs for up to
2068/// several arguments, and more can be added as needed
2069template <typename T0 = void, typename T1 = void, typename T2 = void,
2070 typename T3 = void, typename T4 = void, typename T5 = void,
2071 typename T6 = void, typename T7 = void, typename T8 = void,
2072 typename T9 = void, typename T10 = void>
2073struct m_Intrinsic_Ty;
2074template <typename T0> struct m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0> {
2075 using Ty = match_combine_and<IntrinsicID_match, Argument_match<T0>>;
2076};
2077template <typename T0, typename T1> struct m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1> {
2078 using Ty =
2079 match_combine_and<typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0>::Ty, Argument_match<T1>>;
2080};
2081template <typename T0, typename T1, typename T2>
2082struct m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2> {
2083 using Ty =
2084 match_combine_and<typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1>::Ty,
2085 Argument_match<T2>>;
2086};
2087template <typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
2088struct m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2, T3> {
2089 using Ty =
2090 match_combine_and<typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2>::Ty,
2091 Argument_match<T3>>;
2092};
2093
2094template <typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
2095struct m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2, T3, T4> {
2096 using Ty = match_combine_and<typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2, T3>::Ty,
2097 Argument_match<T4>>;
2098};
2099
2100template <typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
2101struct m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5> {
2102 using Ty = match_combine_and<typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2, T3, T4>::Ty,
2103 Argument_match<T5>>;
2104};
2105
2106/// Match intrinsic calls like this:
2107/// m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::fabs>(m_Value(X))
2108template <Intrinsic::ID IntrID> inline IntrinsicID_match m_Intrinsic() {
2109 return IntrinsicID_match(IntrID);
2110}
2111
2112/// Matches MaskedLoad Intrinsic.
2113template <typename Opnd0, typename Opnd1, typename Opnd2, typename Opnd3>
2114inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<Opnd0, Opnd1, Opnd2, Opnd3>::Ty
2115m_MaskedLoad(const Opnd0 &Op0, const Opnd1 &Op1, const Opnd2 &Op2,
2116 const Opnd3 &Op3) {
2117 return m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::masked_load>(Op0, Op1, Op2, Op3);
2118}
2119
2120template <Intrinsic::ID IntrID, typename T0>
2121inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0>::Ty m_Intrinsic(const T0 &Op0) {
2122 return m_CombineAnd(m_Intrinsic<IntrID>(), m_Argument<0>(Op0));
2123}
2124
2125template <Intrinsic::ID IntrID, typename T0, typename T1>
2126inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1>::Ty m_Intrinsic(const T0 &Op0,
2127 const T1 &Op1) {
2128 return m_CombineAnd(m_Intrinsic<IntrID>(Op0), m_Argument<1>(Op1));
2129}
2130
2131template <Intrinsic::ID IntrID, typename T0, typename T1, typename T2>
2132inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2>::Ty
2133m_Intrinsic(const T0 &Op0, const T1 &Op1, const T2 &Op2) {
2134 return m_CombineAnd(m_Intrinsic<IntrID>(Op0, Op1), m_Argument<2>(Op2));
2135}
2136
2137template <Intrinsic::ID IntrID, typename T0, typename T1, typename T2,
2138 typename T3>
2139inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2, T3>::Ty
2140m_Intrinsic(const T0 &Op0, const T1 &Op1, const T2 &Op2, const T3 &Op3) {
2141 return m_CombineAnd(m_Intrinsic<IntrID>(Op0, Op1, Op2), m_Argument<3>(Op3));
2142}
2143
2144template <Intrinsic::ID IntrID, typename T0, typename T1, typename T2,
2145 typename T3, typename T4>
2146inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2, T3, T4>::Ty
2147m_Intrinsic(const T0 &Op0, const T1 &Op1, const T2 &Op2, const T3 &Op3,
2148 const T4 &Op4) {
2149 return m_CombineAnd(m_Intrinsic<IntrID>(Op0, Op1, Op2, Op3),
2150 m_Argument<4>(Op4));
2151}
2152
2153template <Intrinsic::ID IntrID, typename T0, typename T1, typename T2,
2154 typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
2155inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<T0, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>::Ty
2156m_Intrinsic(const T0 &Op0, const T1 &Op1, const T2 &Op2, const T3 &Op3,
2157 const T4 &Op4, const T5 &Op5) {
2158 return m_CombineAnd(m_Intrinsic<IntrID>(Op0, Op1, Op2, Op3, Op4),
2159 m_Argument<5>(Op5));
2160}
2161
2162// Helper intrinsic matching specializations.
2163template <typename Opnd0>
2164inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<Opnd0>::Ty m_BitReverse(const Opnd0 &Op0) {
2165 return m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::bitreverse>(Op0);
2166}
2167
2168template <typename Opnd0>
2169inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<Opnd0>::Ty m_BSwap(const Opnd0 &Op0) {
2170 return m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::bswap>(Op0);
2171}
2172
2173template <typename Opnd0>
2174inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<Opnd0>::Ty m_FAbs(const Opnd0 &Op0) {
2175 return m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::fabs>(Op0);
2176}
2177
2178template <typename Opnd0>
2179inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<Opnd0>::Ty m_FCanonicalize(const Opnd0 &Op0) {
2180 return m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::canonicalize>(Op0);
2181}
2182
2183template <typename Opnd0, typename Opnd1>
2184inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<Opnd0, Opnd1>::Ty m_FMin(const Opnd0 &Op0,
2185 const Opnd1 &Op1) {
2186 return m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::minnum>(Op0, Op1);
2187}
2188
2189template <typename Opnd0, typename Opnd1>
2190inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<Opnd0, Opnd1>::Ty m_FMax(const Opnd0 &Op0,
2191 const Opnd1 &Op1) {
2192 return m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::maxnum>(Op0, Op1);
2193}
2194
2195template <typename Opnd0, typename Opnd1, typename Opnd2>
2196inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<Opnd0, Opnd1, Opnd2>::Ty
2197m_FShl(const Opnd0 &Op0, const Opnd1 &Op1, const Opnd2 &Op2) {
2198 return m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::fshl>(Op0, Op1, Op2);
2199}
2200
2201template <typename Opnd0, typename Opnd1, typename Opnd2>
2202inline typename m_Intrinsic_Ty<Opnd0, Opnd1, Opnd2>::Ty
2203m_FShr(const Opnd0 &Op0, const Opnd1 &Op1, const Opnd2 &Op2) {
2204 return m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::fshr>(Op0, Op1, Op2);
2205}
2206
2207//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2208// Matchers for two-operands operators with the operators in either order
2209//
2210
2211/// Matches a BinaryOperator with LHS and RHS in either order.
2212template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2213inline AnyBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, true> m_c_BinOp(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2214 return AnyBinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, true>(L, R);
2215}
2216
2217/// Matches an ICmp with a predicate over LHS and RHS in either order.
2218/// Swaps the predicate if operands are commuted.
2219template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2220inline CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, ICmpInst, ICmpInst::Predicate, true>
2221m_c_ICmp(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2222 return CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, ICmpInst, ICmpInst::Predicate, true>(Pred, L,
2223 R);
2224}
2225
2226/// Matches a Add with LHS and RHS in either order.
2227template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2228inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add, true> m_c_Add(const LHS &L,
2229 const RHS &R) {
2230 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add, true>(L, R);
2231}
2232
2233/// Matches a Mul with LHS and RHS in either order.
2234template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2235inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul, true> m_c_Mul(const LHS &L,
2236 const RHS &R) {
2237 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul, true>(L, R);
2238}
2239
2240/// Matches an And with LHS and RHS in either order.
2241template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2242inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::And, true> m_c_And(const LHS &L,
2243 const RHS &R) {
2244 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::And, true>(L, R);
2245}
2246
2247/// Matches an Or with LHS and RHS in either order.
2248template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2249inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or, true> m_c_Or(const LHS &L,
2250 const RHS &R) {
2251 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or, true>(L, R);
2252}
2253
2254/// Matches an Xor with LHS and RHS in either order.
2255template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2256inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor, true> m_c_Xor(const LHS &L,
2257 const RHS &R) {
2258 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor, true>(L, R);
2259}
2260
2261/// Matches a 'Neg' as 'sub 0, V'.
2262template <typename ValTy>
2263inline BinaryOp_match<cst_pred_ty<is_zero_int>, ValTy, Instruction::Sub>
2264m_Neg(const ValTy &V) {
2265 return m_Sub(m_ZeroInt(), V);
2266}
2267
2268/// Matches a 'Neg' as 'sub nsw 0, V'.
2269template <typename ValTy>
2270inline OverflowingBinaryOp_match<cst_pred_ty<is_zero_int>, ValTy,
2271 Instruction::Sub,
2272 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap>
2273m_NSWNeg(const ValTy &V) {
2274 return m_NSWSub(m_ZeroInt(), V);
2275}
2276
2277/// Matches a 'Not' as 'xor V, -1' or 'xor -1, V'.
2278template <typename ValTy>
2279inline BinaryOp_match<ValTy, cst_pred_ty<is_all_ones>, Instruction::Xor, true>
2280m_Not(const ValTy &V) {
2281 return m_c_Xor(V, m_AllOnes());
2282}
2283
2284/// Matches an SMin with LHS and RHS in either order.
2285template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2286inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty, true>
2287m_c_SMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2288 return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty, true>(L, R);
2289}
2290/// Matches an SMax with LHS and RHS in either order.
2291template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2292inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty, true>
2293m_c_SMax(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2294 return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty, true>(L, R);
2295}
2296/// Matches a UMin with LHS and RHS in either order.
2297template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2298inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty, true>
2299m_c_UMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2300 return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty, true>(L, R);
2301}
2302/// Matches a UMax with LHS and RHS in either order.
2303template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2304inline MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty, true>
2305m_c_UMax(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2306 return MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty, true>(L, R);
2307}
2308
2309template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2310inline match_combine_or<
2311 match_combine_or<MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty, true>,
2312 MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty, true>>,
2313 match_combine_or<MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty, true>,
2314 MaxMin_match<ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty, true>>>
2315m_c_MaxOrMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2316 return m_CombineOr(m_CombineOr(m_c_SMax(L, R), m_c_SMin(L, R)),
2317 m_CombineOr(m_c_UMax(L, R), m_c_UMin(L, R)));
2318}
2319
2320/// Matches FAdd with LHS and RHS in either order.
2321template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2322inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FAdd, true>
2323m_c_FAdd(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2324 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FAdd, true>(L, R);
2325}
2326
2327/// Matches FMul with LHS and RHS in either order.
2328template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2329inline BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FMul, true>
2330m_c_FMul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2331 return BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::FMul, true>(L, R);
2332}
2333
2334template <typename Opnd_t> struct Signum_match {
2335 Opnd_t Val;
2336 Signum_match(const Opnd_t &V) : Val(V) {}
2337
2338 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
2339 unsigned TypeSize = V->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
2340 if (TypeSize == 0)
2341 return false;
2342
2343 unsigned ShiftWidth = TypeSize - 1;
2344 Value *OpL = nullptr, *OpR = nullptr;
2345
2346 // This is the representation of signum we match:
2347 //
2348 // signum(x) == (x >> 63) | (-x >>u 63)
2349 //
2350 // An i1 value is its own signum, so it's correct to match
2351 //
2352 // signum(x) == (x >> 0) | (-x >>u 0)
2353 //
2354 // for i1 values.
2355
2356 auto LHS = m_AShr(m_Value(OpL), m_SpecificInt(ShiftWidth));
2357 auto RHS = m_LShr(m_Neg(m_Value(OpR)), m_SpecificInt(ShiftWidth));
2358 auto Signum = m_Or(LHS, RHS);
2359
2360 return Signum.match(V) && OpL == OpR && Val.match(OpL);
2361 }
2362};
2363
2364/// Matches a signum pattern.
2365///
2366/// signum(x) =
2367/// x > 0 -> 1
2368/// x == 0 -> 0
2369/// x < 0 -> -1
2370template <typename Val_t> inline Signum_match<Val_t> m_Signum(const Val_t &V) {
2371 return Signum_match<Val_t>(V);
2372}
2373
2374template <int Ind, typename Opnd_t> struct ExtractValue_match {
2375 Opnd_t Val;
2376 ExtractValue_match(const Opnd_t &V) : Val(V) {}
2377
2378 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
2379 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(V)) {
2380 // If Ind is -1, don't inspect indices
2381 if (Ind != -1 &&
2382 !(I->getNumIndices() == 1 && I->getIndices()[0] == (unsigned)Ind))
2383 return false;
2384 return Val.match(I->getAggregateOperand());
2385 }
2386 return false;
2387 }
2388};
2389
2390/// Match a single index ExtractValue instruction.
2391/// For example m_ExtractValue<1>(...)
2392template <int Ind, typename Val_t>
2393inline ExtractValue_match<Ind, Val_t> m_ExtractValue(const Val_t &V) {
2394 return ExtractValue_match<Ind, Val_t>(V);
2395}
2396
2397/// Match an ExtractValue instruction with any index.
2398/// For example m_ExtractValue(...)
2399template <typename Val_t>
2400inline ExtractValue_match<-1, Val_t> m_ExtractValue(const Val_t &V) {
2401 return ExtractValue_match<-1, Val_t>(V);
2402}
2403
2404/// Matcher for a single index InsertValue instruction.
2405template <int Ind, typename T0, typename T1> struct InsertValue_match {
2406 T0 Op0;
2407 T1 Op1;
2408
2409 InsertValue_match(const T0 &Op0, const T1 &Op1) : Op0(Op0), Op1(Op1) {}
2410
2411 template <typename OpTy> bool match(OpTy *V) {
2412 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(V)) {
2413 return Op0.match(I->getOperand(0)) && Op1.match(I->getOperand(1)) &&
2414 I->getNumIndices() == 1 && Ind == I->getIndices()[0];
2415 }
2416 return false;
2417 }
2418};
2419
2420/// Matches a single index InsertValue instruction.
2421template <int Ind, typename Val_t, typename Elt_t>
2422inline InsertValue_match<Ind, Val_t, Elt_t> m_InsertValue(const Val_t &Val,
2423 const Elt_t &Elt) {
2424 return InsertValue_match<Ind, Val_t, Elt_t>(Val, Elt);
2425}
2426
2427/// Matches patterns for `vscale`. This can either be a call to `llvm.vscale` or
2428/// the constant expression
2429/// `ptrtoint(gep <vscale x 1 x i8>, <vscale x 1 x i8>* null, i32 1>`
2430/// under the right conditions determined by DataLayout.
2431struct VScaleVal_match {
2432 const DataLayout &DL;
2433 VScaleVal_match(const DataLayout &DL) : DL(DL) {}
2434
2435 template <typename ITy> bool match(ITy *V) {
2436 if (m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::vscale>().match(V))
2437 return true;
2438
2439 Value *Ptr;
2440 if (m_PtrToInt(m_Value(Ptr)).match(V)) {
2441 if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) {
2442 auto *DerefTy = GEP->getSourceElementType();
2443 if (GEP->getNumIndices() == 1 && isa<ScalableVectorType>(DerefTy) &&
2444 m_Zero().match(GEP->getPointerOperand()) &&
2445 m_SpecificInt(1).match(GEP->idx_begin()->get()) &&
2446 DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(DerefTy).getKnownMinSize() == 8)
2447 return true;
2448 }
2449 }
2450
2451 return false;
2452 }
2453};
2454
2455inline VScaleVal_match m_VScale(const DataLayout &DL) {
2456 return VScaleVal_match(DL);
2457}
2458
2459template <typename LHS, typename RHS, unsigned Opcode>
2460struct LogicalOp_match {
2461 LHS L;
2462 RHS R;
2463
2464 LogicalOp_match(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) : L(L), R(R) {}
2465
2466 template <typename T> bool match(T *V) {
2467 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
2468 if (!I->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
2469 return false;
2470
2471 if (I->getOpcode() == Opcode && L.match(I->getOperand(0)) &&
2472 R.match(I->getOperand(1)))
2473 return true;
2474
2475 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I)) {
2476 if (Opcode == Instruction::And) {
2477 if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getFalseValue()))
2478 if (C->isNullValue() && L.match(SI->getCondition()) &&
2479 R.match(SI->getTrueValue()))
2480 return true;
2481 } else {
2482 assert(Opcode == Instruction::Or)((void)0);
2483 if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getTrueValue()))
2484 if (C->isOneValue() && L.match(SI->getCondition()) &&
2485 R.match(SI->getFalseValue()))
2486 return true;
2487 }
2488 }
2489 }
2490
2491 return false;
2492 }
2493};
2494
2495/// Matches L && R either in the form of L & R or L ? R : false.
2496/// Note that the latter form is poison-blocking.
2497template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2498inline LogicalOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::And>
2499m_LogicalAnd(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2500 return LogicalOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::And>(L, R);
2501}
2502
2503/// Matches L && R where L and R are arbitrary values.
2504inline auto m_LogicalAnd() { return m_LogicalAnd(m_Value(), m_Value()); }
2505
2506/// Matches L || R either in the form of L | R or L ? true : R.
2507/// Note that the latter form is poison-blocking.
2508template <typename LHS, typename RHS>
2509inline LogicalOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or>
2510m_LogicalOr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) {
2511 return LogicalOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or>(L, R);
2512}
2513
2514/// Matches L || R where L and R are arbitrary values.
2515inline auto m_LogicalOr() {
2516 return m_LogicalOr(m_Value(), m_Value());
2517}
2518
2519} // end namespace PatternMatch
2520} // end namespace llvm
2521
2522#endif // LLVM_IR_PATTERNMATCH_H